Provided by: mpv_0.26.0-3ubuntu1_amd64 bug


       mpv - a media player


       mpv [options] [file|URL|PLAYLIST|-]
       mpv [options] files


       mpv  is  a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video
       file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.  Special  input  URL  types  are
       available  to  read  input  from  a variety of sources other than disk files. Depending on
       platform, a variety of different video and audio output methods are supported.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.


       mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you to control mpv
       using  keyboard, mouse, or remote control (there is no LIRC support - configure remotes as
       input devices instead).

       See the --input- options for ways to customize it.

       The following listings are not necessarily complete. See  etc/input.conf  for  a  list  of
       default  bindings.  User  input.conf  files  and  Lua  scripts  can  define additional key

   Keyboard Control
       LEFT and RIGHT
              Seek backward/forward 5 seconds. Shift+arrow  does  a  1  second  exact  seek  (see

       UP and DOWN
              Seek  forward/backward  1  minute.  Shift+arrow  does  a  5  second exact seek (see

       Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
              Seek to the previous/next subtitle. Subject to  some  restrictions  and  might  not
              always work; see sub-seek command.

       [ and ]
              Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.

       { and }
              Halve/double current playback speed.

              Reset playback speed to normal.

       < and >
              Go backward/forward in the playlist.

       ENTER  Go forward in the playlist.

       p / SPACE
              Pause (pressing again unpauses).

       .      Step forward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will play one frame
              and then go into pause mode again.

       ,      Step backward. Pressing once will pause, every  consecutive  press  will  play  one
              frame in reverse and then go into pause mode again.

       q      Stop playing and quit.

       Q      Like  q,  but store the current playback position. Playing the same file later will
              resume at the old playback position if possible.

       / and *
              Decrease/increase volume.

       9 and 0
              Decrease/increase volume.

       m      Mute sound.

       _      Cycle through the available video tracks.

       #      Cycle through the available audio tracks.

       f      Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       ESC    Exit fullscreen mode.

       T      Toggle stay-on-top (see also --ontop).

       w and e
              Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.

       o (also P)
              Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.

       O      Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.

       v      Toggle subtitle visibility.

       j and J
              Cycle through the available subtitles.

       x and z
              Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       l      Set/clear A-B loop points. See ab-loop command for details.

       L      Toggle infinite looping.

       Ctrl + and Ctrl -
              Adjust audio delay (A/V sync) by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       u      Switch between applying no style overrides to  SSA/ASS  subtitles,  and  overriding
              them  almost  completely with the normal subtitle style. See --sub-ass-override for
              more info.

       V      Toggle     subtitle     VSFilter      aspect      compatibility      mode.      See
              --sub-ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat for more info.

       r and t
              Move subtitles up/down.

       s      Take a screenshot.

       S      Take  a  screenshot,  without  subtitles.  (Whether this works depends on VO driver

       Ctrl s Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled video).

       PGUP and PGDWN
              Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases, "previous"  will
              actually go to the beginning of the current chapter; see --chapter-seek-threshold.

       Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
              Seek  backward  or  forward  by  10  minutes. (This used to be mapped to PGUP/PGDWN
              without Shift.)

       d      Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.

       A      Cycle aspect ratio override.

       (The following  keys  are  valid  only  when  using  a  video  output  that  supports  the
       corresponding adjustment, or the software equalizer (--vf=eq).)

       1 and 2
              Adjust contrast.

       3 and 4
              Adjust brightness.

       5 and 6
              Adjust gamma.

       7 and 8
              Adjust saturation.

       Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX)
              Resize video window to half its original size.

       Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX)
              Resize video window to its original size.

       Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX)
              Resize video window to double its original size.

       command + f (OSX only)
              Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

       PAUSE  Pause.

       STOP   Stop playing and quit.

       PREVIOUS and NEXT
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       If  you miss some older key bindings, look at etc/restore-old-bindings.conf in the mpv git

   Mouse Control
       button 3 and button 4
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       button 5 and button 6
              Decrease/increase volume.


       Command line arguments starting with - are interpreted  as  options,  everything  else  as
       filenames  or  URLs. All options except flag options (or choice options which include yes)
       require a parameter in the form --option=value.

       One exception is the lone - (without anything else), which means media data will  be  read
       from  stdin. Also, -- (without anything else) will make the player interpret all following
       arguments as filenames, even if they start with -. (To play a file named -,  you  need  to
       use ./-.)

       Every  flag  option  has  a  no-flag  counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the --fs option is
       --no-fs. --fs=yes is same as --fs, --fs=no is the same as --no-fs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option
       or if XXX is compiled in.

   Legacy option syntax
       The  --option=value  syntax  is  not  strictly enforced, and the alternative legacy syntax
       -option value and --option value will also work. This is mostly   for  compatibility  with
       MPlayer. Using these should be avoided. Their semantics can change any time in the future.

       For  example,  the  alternative  syntax  will  consider an argument following the option a
       filename. mpv -fs no will attempt to play a file named no, because --fs is a  flag  option
       that  requires no parameter. If an option changes and its parameter becomes optional, then
       a command line using the alternative syntax will break.

       Currently, the parser makes no difference whether an option starts with -- or a single  -.
       This  might  also change in the future, and --option value might always interpret value as
       filename in order to reduce ambiguities.

   Escaping spaces and other special characters
       Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you pass to mpv.
       For example, you might need to quote or escape options and filenames:
          mpv "filename with spaces.mkv" --title="window title"

       It  gets  more  complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The suboption parser puts
       several options into a single string, and passes them to a component at once,  instead  of
       using multiple options on the level of the command line.

       The suboption parser can quote strings with " and [...].  Additionally, there is a special
       form of quoting with %n% described below.

       For example, assume the hypothetical foo filter can take multiple options:
          mpv test.mkv --vf=foo:option1=value1:option2:option3=value3,bar

       This passes option1 and option3 to the  foo  filter,  with  option2  as  flag  (implicitly
       option2=yes), and adds a bar filter after that. If an option contains spaces or characters
       like , or :, you need to quote them:
          mpv '--vf=foo:option1="option value with spaces",bar'

       Shells may actually strip some quotes from the string passed to the  commandline,  so  the
       example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the " quotes.

       The  [...]  form  of quotes wraps everything between [ and ]. It's useful with shells that
       don't interpret these characters in the middle of an argument (like  bash).  These  quotes
       are  balanced  (since mpv 0.9.0): the [ and ] nest, and the quote terminates on the last ]
       that has no matching [ within the string. (For example, [a[b]c] results in a[b]c.)

       The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external scripts and programs.

       It is started with % and has the following format:



                 mpv '--vf=foo:option1=%11%quoted text' test.avi

                 Or in a script:

                 mpv --vf=foo:option1=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

       Suboptions  passed  to  the   client   API   are   also   subject   to   escaping.   Using
       mpv_set_option_string()  is  exactly  like  passing  --name=data  to the command line (but
       without shell processing of the string). Some options support passing  values  in  a  more
       structured  way  instead  of  flat  strings, and can avoid the suboption parsing mess. For
       example, --vf supports MPV_FORMAT_NODE, which lets you pass suboptions as  a  nested  data
       structure of maps and arrays.

       Some  care  must  be taken when passing arbitrary paths and filenames to mpv. For example,
       paths starting with - will be interpreted as options. Likewise, if  a  path  contains  the
       sequence  ://, the string before that might be interpreted as protocol prefix, even though
       :// can be part of a legal UNIX path. To avoid problems with arbitrary paths,  you  should
       be sure that absolute paths passed to mpv start with /, and prefix relative paths with ./.

       Using  the  file://  pseudo-protocol  is  discouraged,  because  it  involves  strange URL
       unescaping rules.

       The name - itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable console controls.
       (Which makes it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)

       The  special argument -- can be used to stop mpv from interpreting the following arguments
       as options.

       When using the client API, you should strictly avoid using mpv_command_string for invoking
       the  loadfile  command, and instead prefer e.g. mpv_command to avoid the need for filename

       For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further complicated by the need to escape
       special  characters.  To  work  this  around,  the path can be additionally wrapped in the
       fixed-length syntax, e.g. %n%string_of_length_n (see above).

       Some mpv options interpret paths starting with ~. Currently, the prefix ~~/ expands to the
       mpv  configuration  directory  (usually  ~/.config/mpv/).   ~/  expands to the user's home
       directory. (The trailing / is always required.) There are the following paths as well:

                           │Name         │ Meaning                          │
                           │~~home/      │ same as ~~/                      │
                           │~~global/    │ the  global  config   path,   if │
                           │             │ available (not on win32)         │
                           │~~osxbundle/ │ the  OSX  bundle  resource  path │
                           │             │ (OSX only)                       │
                           │~~desktop/   │ the path to the desktop  (win32, │
                           │             │ OSX)                             │

   Per-File Options
       When  playing  multiple  files,  any  option given on the command line usually affects all
       files. Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b file2.mkv --c

                                      │File      │ Active options │
                                      │file1.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                      │file2.mkv │ --a --b --c    │

       (This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.)

       Also, if any option is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not reset when  a
       new file is played.

       Sometimes,  it  is  useful  to change options per-file. This can be achieved by adding the
       special per-file markers --{ and --}. (Note that you must escape these  on  some  shells.)

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b --\{ --c file2.mkv --d file3.mkv --e --\} file4.mkv --f

                                 │File      │ Active options          │
                                 │file1.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                 │file2.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                 │file3.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                 │file4.mkv │ --a --b --f             │

       Additionally,  any  file-local  option  changed  at runtime is reset when the current file
       stops playing. If option --c is changed during playback of file2.mkv,  it  is  reset  when
       advancing  to  file3.mkv.  This  only  affects file-local options. The option --a is never
       reset here.

   List Options
       Some options which store lists of option values can have action suffixes. For example, you
       can  set a ,-separated list of filters with --vf, but the option also allows you to append
       filters with --vf-append.

       Options for filenames do not use , as separator, but : (Unix) or ; (Windows).

                              │Suffix  │ Meaning                          │
                              │-add    │ Append  1  or  more  items  (may │
                              │        │ become alias for -append)        │
                              │-append │ Append  single item (avoids need │
                              │        │ for escaping)                    │
                              │-clr    │ Clear the option                 │
                              │-del    │ Delete  an  existing   item   by │
                              │        │ integer index                    │
                              │-pre    │ Prepend 1 or more items          │
                              │-set    │ Set a list of items              │

       Although  some  operations  allow  specifiying  multiple  ,-separated items, using this is
       strongly discouraged and deprecated, except for -set.

       Without suffix, the action taken is normally -set.

       Some options (like --sub-file, --audio-file, --opengl-shader) are aliases for  the  proper
       option with -append action. For example, --sub-file is an alias for --sub-files-append.

   Playing DVDs
       DVDs can be played with the dvd://[title] syntax. The optional title specifier is a number
       which selects between separate video streams on the DVD. If no  title  is  given  (dvd://)
       then  the longest title is selected automatically by the library. This is usually what you
       want. mpv does not support DVD menus.

       DVDs which have been copied on to a hard drive or other mounted filesystem  (by  e.g.  the
       dvdbackup   tool)   are   accommodated   by   specifying  the  path  to  the  local  copy:
       --dvd-device=PATH.  Alternatively, running mpv PATH should  auto-detect  a  DVD  directory
       tree and play the longest title.

          DVD library choices

          mpv  uses  a  different  default  DVD  library than MPlayer. MPlayer uses libdvdread by
          default, and mpv uses libdvdnav by default.  Both libraries are developed in  parallel,
          but  libdvdnav is intended to support more sophisticated DVD features such as menus and
          multi-angle playback. mpv uses libdvdnav for files specified  as  either  dvd://...  or
          dvdnav://.... To use libdvdread, which will produce behavior more like MPlayer, specify
          dvdread://... instead. Some users have experienced problems when  using  libdvdnav,  in
          which  playback gets stuck in a DVD menu stream. These problems are reported to go away
          when auto-selecting the title (dvd:// rather than dvd://1)  or  when  using  libdvdread
          (e.g. dvdread://0). There are also outstanding bugs in libdvdnav with seeking backwards
          and forwards in a video stream. Specify dvdread://... to fix such problems.

          DVD subtitles

          DVDs use image-based subtitles. Image subtitles  are  implemented  as  a  bitmap  video
          stream  which  can  be  superimposed  over  the  main movie. mpv's subtitle styling and
          positioning options and keyboard shortcuts  generally  do  not  work  with  image-based
          subtitles.      Exceptions     include     options    like    --stretch-dvd-subs    and


   Location and Syntax
       You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every time mpv is
       run.  The  system-wide  configuration  file  'mpv.conf' is in your configuration directory
       (e.g. /etc/mpv or /usr/local/etc/mpv), the user-specific  one  is  ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf.
       For details and platform specifics (in particular Windows paths) see the FILES section.

       User-specific  options  override system-wide options and options given on the command line
       override either. The syntax of the configuration files is option=value. Everything after a
       # is considered a comment. Options that work without values can be enabled by setting them
       to yes and disabled by setting them to no. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

          Example configuration file

              # Use opengl video output by default.
              # Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
              status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"

   Escaping spaces and special characters
       This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved  here,  but  option
       values still need to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain characters like spaces. A
       config entry can be quoted with ", as well as with the fixed-length syntax (%n%) mentioned
       before.  This  is  like  passing  the  exact contents of the quoted string as command line
       option. C-style escapes are currently _not_  interpreted  on  this  level,  although  some
       options do this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.)

   Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
       Almost  all  command  line options can be put into the configuration file. Here is a small

                             │Option            │ Configuration file entry │
                             │--flagflag                     │
                             │-opt valopt=val                  │
                             │--opt=valopt=val                  │
                             │-opt "has spaces"opt="has spaces"         │

   File-specific Configuration Files
       You can also write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a  configuration
       file  for  a  file  called  'video.avi',  create  a  file  named 'video.avi.conf' with the
       file-specific options  in  it  and  put  it  in  ~/.config/mpv/.  You  can  also  put  the
       configuration file in the same directory as the file to be played. Both require you to set
       the --use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your global config  file).
       If  a  file-specific  configuration  file is found in the same directory, no file-specific
       configuration is loaded from ~/.config/mpv. In  addition,  the  --use-filedir-conf  option
       enables  directory-specific  configuration  files.   For  this,  mpv first tries to load a
       mpv.conf from the  same  directory  as  the  file  played  and  then  tries  to  load  any
       file-specific configuration.

       To   ease   working  with  different  configurations,  profiles  can  be  defined  in  the
       configuration files. A profile starts with its name in square brackets, e.g. [my-profile].
       All following options will be part of the profile. A description (shown by --profile=help)
       can be defined with the profile-desc option. To end the profile, start another one or  use
       the profile name default to continue with normal options.

          Example mpv config file with profiles

              # normal top-level option

              # a profile that can be enabled with --profile=big-cache

              profile-desc="some profile name"
              # reference a builtin profile


              # using a profile again extends it
              # you can also include other profiles

   Auto profiles
       Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:

          Auto profile loading

              profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"

              profile-desc="profile for .flv files"

       The  profile  name  follows  the  schema,  where  type  can be protocol for the
       input/output protocol in use (see --list-protocols), and extension for  the  extension  of
       the path of the currently played file (not the file format).

       This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles.


       Screenshots  of  the  currently played file can be taken using the 'screenshot' input mode
       command, which is by default bound to the s key.  Files  named  mpv-shotNNNN.jpg  will  be
       saved  in  the  working  directory,  using  the  first available number - no files will be
       overwritten. In pseudo-GUI mode, the screenshot will be saved somewhere else.  See  PSEUDO
       GUI MODE.

       A  screenshot  will  usually  contain  the unscaled video contents at the end of the video
       filter chain and subtitles. By default, S takes screenshots  without  subtitles,  while  s
       includes subtitles.

       Unlike  with  MPlayer,  the screenshot video filter is not required. This filter was never
       required in mpv, and has been removed.


       During playback, mpv shows the playback status on the terminal. It  looks  like  something
       like this:
          AV: 00:03:12 / 00:24:25 (13%) A-V: -0.000

       The status line can be overridden with the --term-status-msg option.

       The  following  is a list of things that can show up in the status line. Input properties,
       that can be used to get the same information manually, are also listed.

       · AV: or V: (video only) or A: (audio only)

       · The current time position in HH:MM:SS format (playback-time property)

       · The total file duration (absent if unknown) (length property)

       · Playback speed, e.g. `` x2.0``. Only visible if the speed is not  normal.  This  is  the
         user-requested speed, and not the actual speed  (usually they should be the same, unless
         playback is too slow). (speed property.)

       · Playback percentage, e.g. (13%). How  much  of  the  file  has  been  played.   Normally
         calculated  out  of  playback  position  and duration, but can fallback to other methods
         (like byte position) if these are not available.  (percent-pos property.)

       · The audio/video sync as A-V:  0.000. This is the  difference  between  audio  and  video
         time.  Normally  it  should  be  0  or  close to 0. If it's growing, it might indicate a
         playback problem. (avsync property.)

       · Total A/V sync change, e.g. ct: -0.417. Normally invisible. Can  show  up  if  there  is
         audio  "missing",  or  not  enough  frames  can be dropped. Usually this will indicate a
         problem. (total-avsync-change property.)

       · Encoding state in {...}, only shown in encoding mode.

       · Display sync state. If display sync is active (display-sync-active property), this shows
         DS:  2.500/13,  where the first number is average number of vsyncs per video frame (e.g.
         2.5 when playing 24Hz videos on 60Hz screens), which might jitter if the  ratio  doesn't
         round  off,  or  there  are  mistimed  frames  (vsync-ratio),  and  the second number of
         estimated number of vsyncs which took too long  (vo-delayed-frame-count  property).  The
         latter is a heuristic, as it's generally not possible to determine this with certainty.

       · Dropped  frames,  e.g.  Dropped: 4. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can grow if the
         video framerate is higher than that of the display, or if video rendering is  too  slow.
         May  also  be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video frame couldn't be displayed on
         time. (vo-drop-frame-count property.)  If  the  decoder  drops  frames,  the  number  of
         decoder-dropped  frames  is  appended  to the display as well, e.g.: Dropped: 4/34. This
         happens only if  decoder  frame  dropping  is  enabled  with  the  --framedrop  options.
         (drop-frame-count property.)

       · Cache  state,  e.g. Cache:  2s+134KB. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.  The first
         value shows the amount of video buffered in the demuxer in  seconds,  the  second  value
         shows additional data buffered in the stream cache in kilobytes. (demuxer-cache-duration
         and cache-used properties.)


       http://..., https://, ...
          Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always be specified.
          mpv  will  never  attempt  to guess whether a filename is actually a network address. A
          protocol prefix is always required.

          Note that not all prefixes  are  documented  here.  Undocumented  prefixes  are  either
          aliases  to documented protocols, or are just redirections to protocols implemented and
          documented in FFmpeg.

          data: is supported in FFmpeg (not in Libav), but needs to be  in  the  format  data://.
          This  is done to avoid ambiguity with filenames. You can also prefix it with lavf:// or

          By default, the youtube-dl hook script (enabled by default for mpv CLI) only  looks  at
          http  URLs.  Prefixing  an  URL  with  ytdl://  forces it to be always processed by the
          script. This can also be used to invoke special youtube-dl functionality like playing a
          video by ID or invoking search.

          Keep  in mind that you can't pass youtube-dl command line options by this, and you have
          to use --ytdl-raw-options instead.

          Play data from stdin.

          Play a path from  Samba share.

       bd://[title][/device] --bluray-device=PATH
          Play a Blu-ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead, you must mount
          the  ISO  file  as  filesystem,  and  point  --bluray-device  to  the mounted directory

       dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device] --dvd-device=PATH
          Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given,  the  longest  title  is

          dvdnav:// is an old alias for dvd:// and does exactly the same thing.

          Play  a  DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older mpv versions
          use for dvd://. Use is discouraged.  It's  provided  only  for  compatibility  and  for
          transition,  and  to  work  around  outstanding  dvdnav bugs (see "DVD library choices"

       tv://[channel][/input_id] --tv-...
          Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.)

       pvr:// --pvr-...
          PVR. (Linux only.)

       dvb://[cardnumber@]channel --dvbin-...
          Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)

       mf://[filemask|@listfile] --mf-...
          Play a series of images as video.

       cdda://[device] --cdrom-device=PATH --cdda-...
          Play CD.

          Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the  string  after
          the // directly to libavformat.

          This  is  intended  for using libavdevice inputs. type is the libavdevice demuxer name,
          and options is the (pseudo-)filename passed to the demuxer.

          For example, mpv av://lavfi:mandelbrot makes use of the libavfilter wrapper included in
          libavdevice, and will use the mandelbrot source filter to generate input data.

          avdevice:// is an alias.

          A  local  path as URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that PATH itself
          should start with a third / to make the path an absolute path.

          Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar  to  piping
          data to stdin via -, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.

          Like  fd://,  but  the file descriptor is closed after use. When using this you need to
          ensure that the same fd URL will only be used once.

       edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]
          Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.

          Simulate an empty file. If opened for writing, it will  discard  all  data.   The  null
          demuxer  will  specifically  pass  autoprobing if this protocol is used (while it's not
          automatically invoked for empty files).

          Use the data part as source data.

          Like memory://, but the string is interpreted as hexdump.


       mpv has no official GUI, other than the OSC (ON SCREEN CONTROLLER), which is  not  a  full
       GUI  and is not meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack of expected GUI behavior,
       mpv will in some cases start with some settings changed to behave slightly more like a GUI

       Currently this happens only in the following cases:

       · if  started  using  the  mpv.desktop  file  on  Linux  (e.g.  started from menus or file
         associations provided by desktop environments)

       · if started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on Windows,  and
         all of the stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)

       · started out of the bundle on OSX

       · if you manually use --player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui on the command line

       This  mode  applies options from the builtin profile builtin-pseudo-gui, but only if these
       haven't been  set  in  the  user's  config  file  or  on  the  command  line.   Also,  for
       compatibility  with the old pseudo-gui behavior, the options in the pseudo-gui profile are
       applied unconditionally. In addition, the profile makes  sure  to  enable  the  pseudo-GUI
       mode,  so  that  --profile=pseudo-gui  works  like in older mpv releases. The profiles are
       currently defined as follows:


          Currently, you can extend the pseudo-gui profile in the config  file  the  normal  way.
          This  is  deprecated.  In future mpv releases, the behavior might change, and not apply
          your additional settings, and/or use a different profile name.


   Track Selection
              Specify a priority list of audio languages  to  use.  Different  container  formats
              employ  different  language  codes.  DVDs  use ISO 639-1 two-letter language codes,
              Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO 639-2 three-letter language codes, while OGM uses
              a free-form identifier. See also --aid.


                 · mpv  dvd://1  --alang=hu,en  chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD and
                   falls back on English if Hungarian is not available.

                 · mpv --alang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese audio.

              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use. Different  container  formats
              employ  different  language  codes.  DVDs  use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes,
              Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three letter language codes  while  OGM  uses  a  free-form
              identifier. See also --sid.


                 · mpv  dvd://1  --slang=hu,en  chooses the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and
                   falls back on English if Hungarian is not available.

                 · mpv --slang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

              Select audio track. auto selects the default, no disables audio.  See also --alang.
              mpv  normally  prints available audio tracks on the terminal when starting playback
              of a file.

              --audio is an alias for --aid.

              --aid=no or --audio=no or --no-audio disables audio playback.  (The latter  variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              Display  the  subtitle  stream  specified  by  <ID>.  auto  selects the default, no
              disables subtitles.

              --sub is an alias for --sid.

              --sid=no or --sub=no or --no-sub disables subtitle decoding.  (The  latter  variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              Select video channel. auto selects the default, no disables video.

              --video is an alias for --vid.

              --vid=no  or --video=no or --no-video disables video playback.  (The latter variant
              does not work with the client API.)

              If video is disabled, mpv will try to download the audio only if media is  streamed
              with  youtube-dl,  because  it  saves  bandwidth.  This  is  done  by  setting  the
              ytdl_format to "bestaudio/best" in the ytdl_hook.lua script.

       --ff-aid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-sid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-vid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select audio/subtitle/video streams by the FFmpeg stream index. The  FFmpeg  stream
              index  is  relatively  arbitrary,  but  useful when interacting with other software
              using FFmpeg (consider ffprobe).

              Note that with external tracks (added with --sub-files and similar options),  there
              will  be  streams  with  duplicate  IDs. In this case, the first stream in order is

              (Matroska files only) Specify the edition (set of chapters) to use, where 0 is  the
              first.  If set to auto (the default), mpv will choose the first edition declared as
              a default, or if there is no default, the first edition defined.

   Playback Control
       --start=<relative time>
              Seek to given time position.

              The general format for absolute times is [[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]. If the  time  is  given
              with  a  prefix  of + or -, the seek is relative from the start or end of the file.
              (Since mpv 0.14, the start of the file is always considered 0.)

              pp% seeks to percent position pp (0-100).

              #c seeks to chapter number c. (Chapters start from 1.)


                 --start=+56, --start=+00:56
                        Seeks to the start time + 56 seconds.

                 --start=-56, --start=-00:56
                        Seeks to the end time - 56 seconds.

                        Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

                        Seeks to the middle of the file.

                 --start=30 --end=40
                        Seeks to 30 seconds, plays 10 seconds, and exits.

                 --start=-3:20 --length=10
                        Seeks to 3 minutes and 20 seconds before the end of the  file,  plays  10
                        seconds, and exits.

                 --start='#2' --end='#4'
                        Plays chapters 2 and 3, and exits.

              Stop  at  given  absolute  time.  Use  --length  if  the time should be relative to
              --start. See --start for valid option values and examples.

       --length=<relative time>
              Stop after a given time relative to the start time.  See --start for  valid  option
              values and examples.

              Whether  to  move  the  file  start  time  to 00:00:00 (default: yes). This is less
              awkward for files which start at a random timestamp, such as transport streams.  On
              the other hand, if there are timestamp resets, the resulting behavior can be rather
              weird. For this reason, and in  case  you  are  actually  interested  in  the  real
              timestamps, this behavior can be disabled with no.

              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.

              If  --audio-pitch-correction  (on  by default) is used, playing with a speed higher
              than normal automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter.

              Start the player in paused state.

              Play files in random order.

              Specify which chapter to start playing at. Optionally specify which chapter to  end
              playing at.

              See also: --start.

              Set  which  file  on  the internal playlist to start playback with. The index is an
              integer, with 0 meaning the first file. The value auto means that the selection  of
              the  entry  to play is left to the playback resume mechanism (default). If an entry
              with the given index doesn't exist, the behavior is unspecified and might change in
              future  mpv  versions.  The same applies if the playlist contains further playlists
              (don't expect any reasonable behavior). Passing a playlist file to mpv should  work
              with  this  option, though. E.g. mpv playlist.m3u --playlist-start=123 will work as
              expected, as long as playlist.m3u does not link to further playlists.

              The value no is a deprecated alias for auto.

              Play files according to a playlist file (Supports some common formats. If no format
              is  detected, it will be treated as list of files, separated by newline characters.
              Note that XML playlist formats are not supported.)

              You can play playlists directly and  without  this  option,  however,  this  option
              disables  any  security  mechanisms  that might be in place. You may also need this
              option to load plaintext files as playlist.

                 The way mpv uses playlist files via --playlist is not safe  against  maliciously
                 constructed  files.  Such  files may trigger harmful actions.  This has been the
                 case for all mpv and MPlayer versions, but unfortunately this fact was not  well
                 documented  earlier,  and  some  people have even misguidedly recommended use of
                 --playlist with untrusted sources. Do NOT use --playlist  with  random  internet
                 sources or files you do not trust!

                 Playlist  can  contain  entries  using  other protocols, such as local files, or
                 (most severely),  special  protocols  like  avdevice://,  which  are  inherently

              Threshold  for  merging  almost  consecutive  ordered chapter parts in milliseconds
              (default: 100). Some Matroska files with ordered chapters have  inaccurate  chapter
              end timestamps, causing a small gap between the end of one chapter and the start of
              the next one when they should match.  If the end of one playback part is less  than
              the  given  threshold  away  from the start of the next one then keep playing video
              normally over the chapter change instead of doing a seek.

              Distance in seconds from the beginning of a chapter within which a backward chapter
              seek  will  go  to  the  previous  chapter  (default:  5.0). Past this threshold, a
              backward chapter seek will go to the beginning of the current  chapter  instead.  A
              negative value means always go back to the previous chapter.

              Select  when  to  use  precise  seeks that are not limited to keyframes. Such seeks
              require decoding video from the previous keyframe up to the target position and  so
              can  take  some  time  depending  on  decoding performance. For some video formats,
              precise seeks are disabled. This option selects  the  default  choice  to  use  for
              seeks;  it is possible to explicitly override that default in the definition of key
              bindings and in input commands.

              no     Never use precise seeks.

                     Use precise seeks if the seek is to an absolute position in the  file,  such
                     as  a  chapter seek, but not for relative seeks like the default behavior of
                     arrow keys (default).

              yes    Use precise seeks whenever possible.

              always Same as yes (for compatibility).

              This option exists to work around failures to do precise seeks  (as  in  --hr-seek)
              caused  by bugs or limitations in the demuxers for some file formats. Some demuxers
              fail to seek to a keyframe before the given  target  position,  going  to  a  later
              position  instead. The value of this option is subtracted from the time stamp given
              to the demuxer. Thus, if you set this option to 1.5 and try to do a precise seek to
              60  seconds,  the demuxer is told to seek to time 58.5, which hopefully reduces the
              chance that it erroneously goes to some time later than 60 seconds. The downside of
              setting  this  option  is  that  precise  seeks become slower, as video between the
              earlier demuxer position and the real target may be unnecessarily decoded.

              Allow the video decoder to drop frames during seek, if these frames are before  the
              seek target. If this is enabled, precise seeking can be faster, but if you're using
              video filters which modify timestamps or add new frames, it  can  lead  to  precise
              seeking  skipping  the  target  frame.  This e.g. can break frame backstepping when
              deinterlacing is enabled.

              Default: yes

              Controls how to seek in files. Note that if the index is missing from  a  file,  it
              will be built on the fly by default, so you don't need to change this. But it might
              help with some broken files.

                     use an index if the file has one, or build it if missing

                     don't read or use the file's index

                 This option only works if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e.  not  with
                 stdin, pipe, etc).

              Load  URLs  from playlists which are considered unsafe (default: no). This includes
              special protocols and anything that doesn't refer to normal files.  Local files and
              HTTP links on the other hand are always considered safe.

              Note  that  --playlist  always  loads  all  entries, so you use that instead if you
              really have the need for this functionality.

              Follow any references in the file being opened (default: yes).  Disabling  this  is
              helpful  if  the  file is automatically scanned (e.g. thumbnail generation). If the
              thumbnail scanner for example encounters a playlist file,  which  contains  network
              URLs,  and the scanner should not open these, enabling this option will prevent it.
              This option also  disables  ordered  chapters,  mov  reference  files,  opening  of
              archives, and a number of other features.

              On  older  FFmpeg  versions, this will not work in some cases. Some FFmpeg demuxers
              might not respect this option.

              This option does not prevent  opening  of  paired  subtitle  files  and  such.  Use
              --autoload-files=no to prevent this.

              This  option  does  not  always  work  if  you  open  non-files  (for example using
              dvd://directory would open  a  whole  bunch  of  files  in  the  given  directory).
              Prefixing the filename with ./ if it doesn't start with a / will avoid this.

       --loop-playlist=<N|inf|force|no>, --loop-playlist
              Loops playback N times. A value of 1 plays it one time (default), 2 two times, etc.
              inf means forever. no is the same as 1 and disables looping. If several  files  are
              specified  on  command  line, the entire playlist is looped. --loop-playlist is the
              same as --loop-playlist=inf.

              The force mode is like inf, but does not skip  playlist  entries  which  have  been
              marked as failing. This means the player might waste CPU time trying to loop a file
              that doesn't exist. But it might be useful for playing  webradios  under  very  bad
              network conditions.

       --loop Currently  a  deprecated  alias  to --loop-playlist. After a deprecation period, it
              will be undeprecated, but changed to alias --loop-file.

              Loop a single file N times. inf  means  forever,  no  means  normal  playback.  For
              compatibility,  --loop-file and --loop-file=yes are also accepted, and are the same
              as --loop-file=inf.

              The difference to --loop-playlist is that this doesn't loop the playlist, just  the
              file  itself.  If  the playlist contains only a single file, the difference between
              the two option is that this option performs a seek on loop,  instead  of  reloading
              the file.

       --ab-loop-a=<time>, --ab-loop-b=<time>
              Set  loop  points.  If  playback  passes  the  b  timestamp,  it will seek to the a
              timestamp. Seeking past the b point doesn't loop (this is intentional).

              If both options are set to no, looping is disabled. Otherwise, the start/end of the
              file is used if one of the options is set to no.

              The  loop-points  can be adjusted at runtime with the corresponding properties. See
              also ab-loop command.

       --ordered-chapters, --no-ordered-chapters
              Enabled by default.  Disable support for Matroska ordered chapters.  mpv  will  not
              load  or  search  for  video  segments  from  other files, and will also ignore any
              chapter order specified for the main file.

              Loads the given file as playlist, and tries to use the files  contained  in  it  as
              reference  files  when  opening  a  Matroska  file that uses ordered chapters. This
              overrides the normal mechanism for loading referenced files by  scanning  the  same
              directory the main file is located in.

              Useful  for  loading  ordered  chapter  files  that  are  not  located on the local
              filesystem, or if the referenced files are in different directories.

              Note: a playlist can be as simple as a text file containing filenames separated  by

              Load  chapters  from  this file, instead of using the chapter metadata found in the
              main file.

              This accepts a media file (like mkv) or even a pseudo-format  like  ffmetadata  and
              uses  its  chapters  to replace the current file's chapters. This doesn't work with
              OGM or XML chapters directly.

              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.

                 Without --hr-seek, skipping will snap to keyframes.

              Stop playback if either audio or video fails to initialize. Currently, the  default
              behavior  is  no for the command line player, but yes for libmpv. With no, playback
              will continue in video-only or audio-only mode if one of them fails.  This  doesn't
              affect playback of audio-only or video-only files.

   Program Behavior
       --help, --h
              Show short summary of options.

              You  can  also  pass a string to this option, which will list all top-level options
              which contain the string in the name, e.g. --h=scale for all options  that  contain
              the word scale. The special string * lists all top-level options.

       -v     Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

       --version, -V
              Print version string and exit.

              Do  not  load  default  configuration  files.  This  prevents  loading  of both the
              user-level and system-wide mpv.conf and input.conf files. Other configuration files
              are blocked as well, such as resume playback files.

                 Files   explicitly   requested  by  command  line  options,  like  --include  or
                 --use-filedir-conf, will still be loaded.

              See also: --config-dir.

              Prints all available options.

              Print a list of the available properties.

              Print a list of the supported protocols.

              Opens the given path for writing, and print log messages to it. Existing files will
              be  truncated.  The  log  level  always  corresponds  to -v, regardless of terminal
              verbosity levels.

              Force a different configuration directory. If this is set, the given  directory  is
              used  to  load  configuration  files,  and  all other configuration directories are
              ignored. This means the global mpv configuration  directory  as  well  as  per-user
              directories are ignored, and overrides through environment variables (MPV_HOME) are
              also ignored.

              Note that the --no-config option takes precedence over this option.

              Always save the current playback position on quit. When this file is  played  again
              later,  the  player  will seek to the old playback position on start. This does not
              happen if playback of a file is  stopped  in  any  other  way  than  quitting.  For
              example,  going  to  the  next file in the playlist will not save the position, and
              start playback at beginning the next time the file is played.

              This behavior is disabled by default, but is always  available  when  quitting  the
              player with Shift+Q.

          The directory in which to store the "watch later" temporary files.

          The  default  is  a  subdirectory  named  "watch_later" underneath the config directory
          (usually ~/.config/mpv/).

              Write certain statistics to the given file. The file is truncated on  opening.  The
              file  will  contain  raw  samples,  each with a timestamp. To make this file into a
              readable, the script TOOLS/ can be used (which currently  displays  it
              as a graph).

              This option is useful for debugging only.

              Makes  mpv  wait  idly  instead  of quitting when there is no file to play.  Mostly
              useful in input mode, where mpv can be controlled through input commands.

              once will only idle at start and let the player close once the first  playlist  has
              finished playing back.

              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

              If  set  to no, don't auto-load scripts from the scripts configuration subdirectory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/).  (Default: yes)

              Load a Lua script. You can load multiple scripts by  separating  them  with  commas

              Set  options for scripts. A script can query an option by key. If an option is used
              and what semantics the option value has depends entirely  on  the  loaded  scripts.
              Values not claimed by any scripts are ignored.

              Pretend that all files passed to mpv are concatenated into a single, big file. This
              uses timeline/EDL support internally.

              Do not restore playback position from the  watch_later  configuration  subdirectory
              (usually ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/).  See quit-watch-later input command.

              Use the given profile(s), --profile=help displays a list of the defined profiles.

              Normally,  mpv  will  try  to  keep  all settings when playing the next file on the
              playlist, even if they were changed by the user during playback. (This behavior  is
              the  opposite  of  MPlayer's,  which tries to reset all settings when starting next

              Default: Do not reset anything.

              This can be changed with this option. It accepts a list of options,  and  mpv  will
              reset  the  value  of  these  options  on  playback start to the initial value. The
              initial value is either the default value, or as set by the config file or  command

              In  some cases, this might not work as expected. For example, --volume will only be
              reset if it is explicitly set in the config file or the command line.

              The special name all resets as many options as possible.


                 · --reset-on-next-file=pause Reset pause mode when switching to the next file.

                 · --reset-on-next-file=fullscreen,speed  Reset  fullscreen  and  playback  speed
                   settings if they were changed during playback.

                 · --reset-on-next-file=all  Try  to  reset all settings that were changed during

              Prepend the watch later config files with the name of the file they refer to.  This
              is simply written as comment on the top of the file.

                 This  option  may  expose  privacy-sensitive information and is thus disabled by

              Ignore path (i.e. use filename only) when using watch later feature.

              Show the description and content of a profile.

              Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same directory as the file  that
              is being played. See File-specific Configuration Files.

                 May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       --ytdl, --no-ytdl
              Enable the youtube-dl hook-script. It will look at the input URL, and will play the
              video located on the website. This works with many streaming sites,  not  just  the
              one that the script is named after. This requires a recent version of youtube-dl to
              be installed on the system. (Enabled by default,  except  when  the  client  API  /
              libmpv is used.)

              If the script can't do anything with an URL, it will do nothing.

              The  exclude  script  option  accepts  a |-separated list of URL patterns which mpv
              should not use with youtube-dl. The patterns are matched after the http(s)://  part
              of the URL.

              ^  matches the beginning of the URL, $ matches its end, and you should use % before
              any of the characters ^$()%|,.[]*+-? to match that character.


                 · --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='^'  will  exclude  any  URL  that
                   starts with or

                 · --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='%.mkv$|%.mp4$' will exclude any URL that ends
                   with .mkv or .mp4.

              See more lua patterns here:

              Video format/quality that is directly passed to youtube-dl. The possible values are
              specific to the website and the video, for a given url the available formats can be
              found  with  the  command   youtube-dl   --list-formats   URL.   See   youtube-dl's
              documentation  for  available  aliases.   (Default: youtube-dl's default, currently

              Pass arbitrary options to youtube-dl. Parameter and argument should be passed as  a
              key-value pair. Options without argument must include =.

              There is no sanity checking so it's possible to break things (i.e.  passing invalid
              parameters to youtube-dl).


                 · --ytdl-raw-options=username=user,password=pass

                 · --ytdl-raw-options=force-ipv6=

              For enabling "pseudo GUI mode", which means that the defaults for some options  are
              changed.  This  option  should  not  normally  be  used  directly,  but only by mpv
              internally, or mpv-provided scripts, config files, or .desktop files.

              Specify the video output backend to be used. See VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS  for  details
              and descriptions of available drivers.

              Specify a priority list of video decoders to be used, according to their family and
              name. See --ad for further details. Both of these options use the same  syntax  and
              semantics; the only difference is that they operate on different codec lists.

                 See --vd=help for a full list of available decoders.

              Specify a list of video filters to apply to the video stream. See VIDEO FILTERS for
              details and descriptions of the available filters.  The option  variants  --vf-add,
              --vf-pre,  --vf-del  and  --vf-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but
              you should not need these for typical use.

              Do not sleep when outputting video frames. Useful for  benchmarks  when  used  with

              Skip  displaying  some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems, or playing high
              framerate video on video outputs that have an upper framerate limit.

              The argument selects the drop methods, and can be one of the following:

              <no>   Disable any framedropping.

              <vo>   Drop late frames on video output (default). This still decodes  and  filters
                     all frames, but doesn't render them on the VO. It tries to query the display
                     FPS (X11 only, not correct on multi-monitor systems),  or  assumes  infinite
                     display  FPS  if that fails. Drops are indicated in the terminal status line
                     as Dropped: field. If the decoder is too slow, in theory  all  frames  would
                     have  to be dropped (because all frames are too late) - to avoid this, frame
                     dropping stops if the effective framerate is below 10 FPS.

                     Old, decoder-based framedrop mode. (This is the same as  --framedrop=yes  in
                     mpv  0.5.x  and  before.) This tells the decoder to skip frames (unless they
                     are needed to decode future frames). May help with  slow  systems,  but  can
                     produce  unwatchable  choppy  output, or even freeze the display completely.
                     Not recommended.  The --vd-lavc-framedrop option  controls  what  frames  to

                     Enable both modes. Not recommended.

                 --vo=vdpau  has  its  own  code for the vo framedrop mode. Slight differences to
                 other VOs are possible.

              Set the display FPS used with  the  --video-sync=display-*  modes.  By  default,  a
              detected  value  is  used.  Keep  in  mind that setting an incorrect value (even if
              slightly incorrect) can ruin video playback. On multi-monitor systems, there  is  a
              chance that the detected value is from the wrong monitor.

              Set  this  option  only  if you have reason to believe the automatically determined
              value is wrong.

              Specify the hardware video decoding API that should be used if  possible.   Whether
              hardware decoding is actually done depends on the video codec. If hardware decoding
              is not possible, mpv will fall back on software decoding.

              <api> can be one of the following:

              no     always use software decoding (default)

              auto   enable best hw decoder (see below)

              yes    exactly the same as auto

                     enable best hw decoder with copy-back (see below)

              vdpau  requires --vo=vdpau or --vo=opengl (Linux only)

                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with some GPUs only)

              vaapi  requires --vo=opengl or --vo=vaapi (Linux only)

                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with Intel GPUs only)

                     requires --vo=opengl (OS X 10.8 and up), or --vo=opengl-cb (iOS 9.0 and up)

                     copies video back into system RAM (OS X 10.8 or iOS 9.0 and up)

              dxva2  requires       --vo=opengl       with       --opengl-backend=angle        or
                     --opengl-backend=dxinterop (Windows only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows only)

                     requires --vo=opengl with --opengl-backend=angle (Windows 8+ only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows 8+ only)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Android only)

              rpi    requires --vo=opengl (Raspberry Pi only - default if available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Raspberry Pi only)

              cuda   requires --vo=opengl (Any platform CUDA is available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform CUDA is available)

                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform supported by hardware)

              auto  tries  to  automatically  enable  hardware decoding using the first available
              method. This still depends what VO you are using. For example, if you are not using
              --vo=vdpau  or --vo=opengl, vdpau decoding will never be enabled. Also note that if
              the first found method doesn't actually work, it will always fall back to  software
              decoding, instead of trying the next method (might matter on some Linux systems).

              auto-copy  selects  only modes that copy the video data back to system memory after
              decoding. Currently, this selects only one  of  the  following  modes:  vaapi-copy,
              dxva2-copy,  d3d11va-copy, mediacodec.  If none of these work, hardware decoding is
              disabled. This mode is always guaranteed to incur no additional  loss  compared  to
              software decoding, and will allow CPU processing with video filters.

              The  vaapi  mode,  if used with --vo=opengl, requires Mesa 11 and most likely works
              with Intel GPUs only. It also requires the opengl EGL backend  (automatically  used
              if  available).  You  can  also  try  the  old  GLX  backend  by  forcing  it  with
              --opengl-backend=x11,  but  the  vaapi/GLX  interop  is  said  to  be  slower  than

              The  cuda and cuda-copy modes provides deinterlacing in the decoder which is useful
              as there is no other deinterlacing mechanism in the opengl output path. To use this
              deinterlacing you must pass the option: vd-lavc-o=deint=[weave|bob|adaptive].  Pass
              weave (or leave the option unset) to not attempt  any  deinterlacing.  cuda  should
              always be preferred unless the opengl vo is not being used or filters are required.

              Most  video  filters  will  not  work  with hardware decoding as they are primarily
              implemented on the CPU. Some exceptions are vdpaupp, vdpaurb and vavpp.  See  VIDEO
              FILTERS for more details.

              The  ...-copy  modes  (e.g. dxva2-copy) allow you to use hardware decoding with any
              VO, backend or filter. Because these copy the decoded video  back  to  system  RAM,
              they're likely less efficient than the direct modes (like e.g. dxva2).

                 When  using  this  switch, hardware decoding is still only done for some codecs.
                 See --hwdec-codecs to enable hardware decoding for more codecs.

                 Quality reduction with hardware decoding

                        Normally, hardware decoding does not reduce video quality (at  least  for
                        the  codecs  h264 and HEVC). However, due to restrictions in video output
                        APIs, there can be some loss, or blatantly incorrect results.

                        In some cases, RGB conversion is forced, which means the  RGB  conversion
                        is  performed  by  the  hardware decoding API, instead of the OpenGL code
                        used by --vo=opengl. This  means  certain  obscure  colorspaces  may  not
                        display  correctly,  not  certain filtering (such as debanding) cannot be
                        applied in an ideal way.

                        vdpau is usually safe. If deinterlacing enabled  (or  the  vdpaupp  video
                        filter  is  active  in  general),  it  forces  RGB conversion. The latter
                        currently does not  treat  certain  colorspaces  like  BT.2020  correctly
                        (which  is  mostly a mpv-specific restriction). The vdpauprb video filter
                        retrieves image data without RGB conversion and is  safe  (but  precludes
                        use of vdpau postprocessing).

                        vaapi  is  safe  if  the  vaapi-egl backend is indicated in the logs.  If
                        vaapi-glx is indicated, and the video  colorspace  is  either  BT.601  or
                        BT.709,  a forced but correct RGB conversion is performed. Otherwise, the
                        result will be incorrect.

                        d3d11va  is  usually  safe  (if  used  with  ANGLE  builds  that  support
                        EGL_KHR_stream  path - otherwise, it converts to RGB), except that 10 bit
                        input (HEVC main 10 profiles) will be rounded down to 8 bits.

                        dxva2 is not safe. It  appears  to  always  use  BT.601  for  forced  RGB
                        conversion,  but actual behavior depends on the GPU drivers. Some drivers
                        appear to convert to limited range RGB, which gives a  faded  appearance.
                        In  addition  to  driver-specific  behavior, global system settings might
                        affect this additionally. This  can  give  incorrect  results  even  with
                        completely ordinary video sources.

                        rpi always uses the hardware overlay renderer, even with --vo=opengl.

                        crystalhd  is  not  safe.  It  always converts to 4:2:2 YUV, which may be
                        lossy, depending on how chroma sub-sampling is done during conversion. It
                        also discards the top left pixel of each frame for some reason.

                        All  other  methods, in particular the copy-back methods (like dxva2-copy
                        etc.) are either fully safe, or not worse than software decoding.

                        In  particular,  auto-copy  will  only  select   safe   modes   (although
                        potentially slower than other methods).

              This  is useful for the opengl and opengl-cb VOs for creating the hardware decoding
              OpenGL interop context, but without  actually  enabling  hardware  decoding  itself
              (like --hwdec does).

              If set to an empty string (default), the --hwdec option is used.

              For opengl, if set, do not create the interop context on demand, but when the VO is

              For opengl-cb, if set, load the interop context as soon as the  OpenGL  context  is
              created.  Since  opengl-cb  has no on-demand loading, this allows enabling hardware
              decoding at runtime at all, without having to temporarily set the hwdec option just
              during OpenGL context initialization with mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl().

              See  --opengl-hwdec-interop=help  for  accepted  values.  This  lists  the  interop
              backend, with the --hwdec alias after it in [...]. Consider all values  except  the
              proper  interop  backend  name,  auto, and no as silently deprecated and subject to
              change. Also, if you use this in application code  (e.g.  via  libmpv),  any  value
              other than auto and no should be avoided, as backends can change.

              Currently  the  option  sets  a  single  value. It is possible that the option type
              changes to a list in the future.

              The old alias --hwdec-preload has different behavior if the option value is no.

              Set the internal pixel format used by --hwdec=videotoolbox on OSX.  The  choice  of
              the format can influence performance considerably. On the other hand, there doesn't
              appear to be a good way to detect the best format for the given hardware. nv12, the
              default,  works  better  on modern hardware, while uyvy422 appears to be better for
              old hardware. yuv420p also works.  Since mpv 0.25.0, no is an accepted value, which
              lets  the  decoder pick the format on newer FFmpeg versions (will use nv12 on older

              Enables pan-and-scan functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 video to make
              it fit a 4:3 display without black bands). The range controls how much of the image
              is cropped. May not work with all video output drivers.

              This option has no effect if --video-unscaled option is used.

              Override video aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing  in
              the file being played. See also --no-video-aspect.

              These values have special meaning:

              0      disable aspect ratio handling, pretend the video has square pixels

              no     same as 0

              -1     use the video stream or container aspect (default)

              But note that handling of these special values might change in the future.


                 · --video-aspect=4:3  or --video-aspect=1.3333

                 · --video-aspect=16:9 or --video-aspect=1.7777

                 · --no-video-aspect or --video-aspect=no

              This  sets  the  default  video aspect determination method (if the aspect is _not_
              overridden by the user with --video-aspect or others).

              hybrid Prefer  the  container  aspect  ratio.  If  the  bitstream  aspect  switches
                     mid-stream, switch to preferring the bitstream aspect.  This was the default
                     in older mpv and mplayer2. Deprecated.

                     Strictly prefer the container aspect ratio. This is apparently  the  default
                     behavior with VLC, at least with Matroska. Note that if the container has no
                     aspect ratio set, the behavior is the same as with bitstream.

                     Strictly prefer the bitstream aspect  ratio,  unless  the  bitstream  aspect
                     ratio is not set. This is apparently the default behavior with XBMC/kodi, at
                     least with Matroska.

              The current default for mpv is container.

              Normally you should not set this. Try the various choices if  you  encounter  video
              that has the wrong aspect ratio in mpv, but seems to be correct in other players.

              Disable  scaling  of  the video. If the window is larger than the video, black bars
              are  added.  Otherwise,  the  video  is  cropped,  unless  the  option  is  set  to
              downscale-big,  in  which  case  the video is fit to window. The video still can be
              influenced by the other --video-... options. This option  disables  the  effect  of

              Note  that  the scaler algorithm may still be used, even if the video isn't scaled.
              For example, this can influence chroma conversion. The video  will  also  still  be
              scaled  in  one  dimension  if  the  source uses non-square pixels (e.g. anamorphic
              widescreen DVDs).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-pan-x=<value>, --video-pan-y=<value>
              Moves the displayed video rectangle by the given value in the X or Y direction. The
              unit  is in fractions of the size of the scaled video (the full size, even if parts
              of the video are not visible due to panscan or other options).

              For example, displaying a 1280x720 video fullscreen  on  a  1680x1050  screen  with
              --video-pan-x=-0.1  would  move the video 168 pixels to the left (making 128 pixels
              of the source video invisible).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

              Rotate the video clockwise, in degrees. Currently supports 90° steps only.   If  no
              is  given, the video is never rotated, even if the file has rotation metadata. (The
              rotation value is added to the rotation metadata, which means  the  value  0  would
              rotate the video according to the rotation metadata.)

              Set  the  stereo  3D  output  mode  (default:  mono). This is done by inserting the
              stereo3d conversion filter.

              The pseudo-mode no disables automatic conversion completely.

              The mode mono is an alias to ml, which refers to the left frame in 2D. This is  the
              default,  which  means mpv will try to show 3D movies in 2D, instead of the mangled
              3D image not intended for consumption (such as showing the  left  and  right  frame
              side by side, etc.).

              Use  --video-stereo-mode=help  to list all available modes. Check with the stereo3d
              filter documentation to see what the names mean. Note  that  some  names  refer  to
              modes  not  supported  by  stereo3d - these modes can appear in files, but can't be
              handled properly by mpv.

              Adjust the video display scale factor by the given value. The  parameter  is  given
              log  2.  For example, --video-zoom=0 is unscaled, --video-zoom=1 is twice the size,
              --video-zoom=-2 is one fourth of the size, and so on.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-align-x=<-1-1>, --video-align-y=<-1-1>
              Moves the video rectangle within the black borders, which are usually added to  pad
              the   video   to   screen   if  video  and  screen  aspect  ratios  are  different.
              --video-align-y=-1 would move the video to the top of the screen (leaving a  border
              only  on the bottom), a value of 0 centers it (default), and a value of 1 would put
              the video at the bottom of the screen.

              If video and screen aspect match perfectly, these options do nothing.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --correct-pts, --no-correct-pts
              --no-correct-pts switches mpv to a mode where video timing is  determined  using  a
              fixed  framerate  value (either using the --fps option, or using file information).
              Sometimes, files with very broken timestamps can be played somewhat  well  in  this
              mode.  Note that video filters, subtitle rendering and audio synchronization can be
              completely broken in this mode.

              Override video framerate. Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

                 Works in --no-correct-pts mode only.

              Enable or disable interlacing (default: auto, which usually means no).   Interlaced
              video  shows ugly comb-like artifacts, which are visible on fast movement. Enabling
              this typically inserts the yadif video filter in order to deinterlace the video, or
              lets the video output apply deinterlacing if supported.

              This behaves exactly like the deinterlace input property (usually mapped to d).

              auto  is  a  technicality.  Strictly  speaking,  the  default  for  this  option is
              deinterlacing disabled, but the auto case is needed  if  yadif  was  added  to  the
              filter chain manually with --vf. Then the core shouldn't disable deinterlacing just
              because the --deinterlace was not set.

              Set first field for interlaced content.

              auto   (default) If the decoder does not export  the  appropriate  information,  it
                     falls back on top (top field first).

              top    top field first

              bottom bottom field first

                 Setting either top or bottom will flag all frames as interlaced.

              Play/convert only first <number> video frames, then quit.

              --frames=0  loads  the  file,  but  immediately quits before initializing playback.
              (Might be useful for scripts which just want to determine some file properties.)

              For audio-only playback, any value greater than 0 will  quit  playback  immediately
              after initialization. The value 0 works as with video.

              RGB  color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. Normally, output devices such as
              PC monitors use full range color levels.  However,  some  TVs  and  video  monitors
              expect  studio RGB levels. Providing full range output to a device expecting studio
              level input results in crushed blacks and whites, the reverse in  dim  gray  blacks
              and dim whites.

              Not all VOs support this option. Some will silently ignore it.

              Available color ranges are:

              auto   automatic selection (equals to full range) (default)

                     limited range (16-235 per component), studio levels

              full   full range (0-255 per component), PC levels

                 It  is  advisable  to  use your graphics driver's color range option instead, if

              Allow hardware decoding for a given list of codecs  only.  The  special  value  all
              always allows all codecs.

              You  can get the list of allowed codecs with mpv --vd=help. Remove the prefix, e.g.
              instead of lavc:h264 use h264.

              By default,  this  is  set  to  h264,vc1,wmv3,hevc,mpeg2video,vp9.  Note  that  the
              hardware  acceleration special codecs like h264_vdpau are not relevant anymore, and
              in fact have been removed from Libav in this form.

              This is usually only needed  with  broken  GPUs,  where  a  codec  is  reported  as
              supported, but decoding causes more problems than it solves.


                 mpv --hwdec=vdpau --vo=vdpau --hwdec-codecs=h264,mpeg2video
                        Enable vdpau decoding for h264 and mpeg2 only.

              Check hardware decoder profile (default: yes). If no is set, the highest profile of
              the hardware decoder is unconditionally selected, and decoding is  forced  even  if
              the  profile  of  the  video is higher than that.  The result is most likely broken
              decoding, but may also help if  the  detected  or  reported  profiles  are  somehow

              Fallback  to  software decoding if the hardware-accelerated decoder fails (default:
              3). If this is a number, then fallback will be triggered if N frames fail to decode
              in a row. 1 is equivalent to yes.

              Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

       --vd-lavc-fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
              Enable  optimizations  which  do  not  comply  with  the  format  specification and
              potentially  cause  problems,   like   simpler   dequantization,   simpler   motion
              compensation,  assuming  use of the default quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0
              and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make  the  o=  unneeded  and
              pass  all  unknown  options  through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of
              AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.

              Some options which used to be direct options can be set with this  mechanism,  like
              bug, gray, idct, ec, vismv, skip_top (was st), skip_bottom (was sb), debug.



              Show  even  broken/corrupt  frames  (default:  no).  If  this  option is set to no,
              libavcodec won't output frames that were either decoded before an initial  keyframe
              was decoded, or frames that are recognized as corrupted.

       --vd-lavc-skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
              Skips  the  loop  filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since the filtered
              frame is supposed to be used as reference for decoding dependent frames, this has a
              worse  effect  on  quality  than  not doing deblocking on e.g. MPEG-2 video. But at
              least for high bitrate HDTV, this  provides  a  big  speedup  with  little  visible
              quality loss.

              <skipvalue> can be one of the following:

              none   Never skip.

                     Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).

              nonref Skip  frames  that  are  not  referenced  (i.e.  not used for decoding other
                     frames, the error cannot "build up").

              bidir  Skip B-Frames.

              nonkey Skip all frames except keyframes.

              all    Skip all frames.

       --vd-lavc-skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
              Skips the IDCT step.  This  degrades  quality  a  lot  in  almost  all  cases  (see
              skiploopfilter for available skip values).

              Skips  decoding  of  frames completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion and sometimes
              bad artifacts (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

              Set framedropping mode used with --framedrop (see skiploopfilter for available skip

              Number  of  threads  to  use  for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported
              depends on codec (default: 0). 0 means autodetect number of cores  on  the  machine
              and use that, up to the maximum of 16. You can set more than 16 threads manually.

              If  this  is  enabled  (default),  playing  with  a  speed  different  from  normal
              automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter. For details,  see  audio  filter

              Use  the  given  audio  device. This consists of the audio output name, e.g.  alsa,
              followed by /, followed by the audio output specific device name. The default value
              for  this  option  is auto, which tries every audio output in preference order with
              the default device.

              You can list audio devices with --audio-device=help. This outputs the  device  name
              in  quotes,  followed by a description. The device name is what you have to pass to
              the --audio-device option. The list of audio devices can be  retrieved  by  API  by
              using the audio-device-list property.

              While  the  option  normally  takes  one of the strings as indicated by the methods
              above, you can also force the device for most AOs  by  building  it  manually.  For
              example name/foobar forces the AO name to use the device foobar.

                 Example for ALSA

                        MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and any ':'
                        with '=' in the ALSA device name. For example, to use  the  device  named
                        dmix:default, you had to do:
                     -ao alsa:device=dmix=default

                 In mpv you could instead use:

              Enable  exclusive  output mode. In this mode, the system is usually locked out, and
              only mpv will be able to output audio.

              This only works for some audio outputs, such as wasapi and coreaudio.  Other  audio
              outputs  silently  ignore  this  options.  They either have no concept of exclusive
              mode, or the mpv side of the implementation is missing.

              If no audio device can be opened, behave as if --ao=null was given. This is  useful
              in  combination  with  --audio-device:  instead of causing an error if the selected
              device does not exist, the client API user (or a Lua  script)  could  let  playback
              continue  normally,  and  check  the current-ao and audio-device-list properties to
              make high-level decisions about how to continue.

              Specify the audio output drivers to be used. See AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS  for  details
              and descriptions of available drivers.

              Specify a list of audio filters to apply to the audio stream. See AUDIO FILTERS for
              details and descriptions of the available filters.  The option  variants  --af-add,
              --af-pre,  --af-del  and  --af-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but
              you should not need these for typical use.

              List of codecs for which compressed audio passthrough should be  used.  This  works
              for both classic S/PDIF and HDMI.

              Possible  codecs  are  ac3,  dts,  dts-hd.  Multiple  codecs  can  be  specified by
              separating them with ,. dts refers to low bitrate DTS core, while dts-hd refers  to
              DTS  MA (receiver and OS support varies).  If both dts and dts-hd are specified, it
              behaves equivalent to specifying dts-hd only.

              In earlier mpv versions you could use --ad to force the spdif wrapper.   This  does
              not work anymore.


                        There  is  not  much  reason  to  use  this.  HDMI  supports uncompressed
                        multichannel PCM, and mpv supports lossless DTS-HD decoding via  FFmpeg's
                        new DCA decoder (based on libdcadec).

              Specify  a  priority  list of audio decoders to be used, according to their decoder
              name. When determining which decoder to use, the first  decoder  that  matches  the
              audio  format  is  selected.  If  that  is  unavailable,  the next decoder is used.
              Finally, it tries all other decoders that are not explicitly selected  or  rejected
              by the option.

              - at the end of the list suppresses fallback on other available decoders not on the
              --ad list. + in front of an entry forces the decoder.  Both  of  these  should  not
              normally  be  used, because they break normal decoder auto-selection! Both of these
              methods are deprecated.


                        Prefer the FFmpeg/Libav mp3float decoder over all other MP3 decoders.

                        List all available decoders.


                        Enabling compressed audio passthrough (AC3 and DTS via  SPDIF/HDMI)  with
                        this option is not possible. Use --audio-spdif instead.

              Set  the  startup  volume.  0  means  silence,  100  means  no  volume reduction or
              amplification. Negative values can be passed for compatibility, but are treated  as

              Since mpv 0.18.1, this always controls the internal mixer (aka "softvol").

              Adjust  volume  gain  according  to  the  track-gain or album-gain replaygain value
              stored in the file metadata (default: no replaygain).

              Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain (default: 0).

              Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the gain (default).
              Use --replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

              Gain  in  dB  to  apply  if the file has no replay gain tags. This option is always
              applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this is applied,  no  other
              replaygain options are applied.

              How  much  left/right channels contribute to the audio. (The implementation of this
              feature is rather odd. It doesn't change the volumes of each channel,  but  instead
              sets up a pan matrix to mix the left and right channels.)


              Audio  delay  in  seconds (positive or negative float value). Positive values delay
              the audio, and negative values delay the video.

              Set startup audio mute status (default: no).

              auto is a deprecated possible value that is equivalent to no.

              See also: --volume.

              Deprecated/unfunctional. Before mpv 0.18.1, this used to control whether to use the
              volume controls of the audio output driver or the internal mpv volume filter.

              The  current  behavior is that softvol is always enabled, i.e. as if this option is
              set to yes. The other behaviors are not available  anymore,  although  auto  almost
              matches current behavior in most cases.

              The  no  behavior  is  still  partially available through the ao-volume and ao-mute
              properties. But there are no options to reset these.

              Use this audio demuxer type when using --audio-file. Use a '+' before the  name  to
              force  it;  this  will  skip  some  checks.  Give  the  demuxer  name as printed by

              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio streams.   <level>  is  a
              float  value  ranging  from  0  to  1,  where  0 means no compression (which is the
              default) and 1 means full compression (make loud  passages  more  silent  and  vice
              versa).  Values up to 6 are also accepted, but are purely experimental. This option
              only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains  the  required  range  compression

              The  standard  mandates  that  DRC  is  enabled by default, but mpv (and some other
              players) ignore this for the sake of better audio quality.

              Whether to request audio channel downmixing from the decoder (default: yes).   Some
              decoders, like AC-3, AAC and DTS, can remix audio on decoding. The requested number
              of output channels is set with the --audio-channels  option.   Useful  for  playing
              surround audio on a stereo system.

              Number  of  threads  to  use  for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported
              depends on codec. As of this writing, it's supported for some lossless codecs only.
              0  means  autodetect number of cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum
              of 16 (default: 1).

              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make  the  o=  unneeded  and
              pass  all  unknown  options  through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of
              AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual.

       --ad-spdif-dtshd=<yes|no>, --dtshd, --no-dtshd
              If DTS is passed through, use DTS-HD.


                        This and enabling passthrough via --ad are deprecated in favor  of  using

              Control  which  audio channels are output (e.g. surround vs. stereo). There are the
              following possibilities:


                       Use the system's preferred channel layout. If there is none (such as  when
                       accessing  a  hardware  device instead of the system mixer), force stereo.
                       Some audio outputs might simply accept any layout  and  do  downmixing  on
                       their own.

                       This is the default.


                       Send the audio device whatever it accepts, preferring the audio's original
                       channel layout. Can cause issues with HDMI (see the warning below).


                       List of ,-separated channel layouts which should be allowed.  Technically,
                       this  only  adjusts the filter chain output to the best matching layout in
                       the list, and passes the result to the audio API.  It's possible that  the
                       audio API will select a different channel layout.

                       Using this mode is recommended for direct hardware output, especially over
                       HDMI (see HDMI warning below).


                       Force  a plain stereo downmix. This is  a  special-case  of  the  previous
                       item. (See paragraphs below for implications.)

              If  a  list of layouts is given, each item can be either an explicit channel layout
              name (like 5.1), or a channel number. Channel numbers  refer  to  default  layouts,
              e.g. 2 channels refer to stereo, 6 refers to 5.1.

              See  --audio-channels=help  output  for  defined  default  layouts. This also lists
              speaker names, which can  be  used  to  express  arbitrary  channel  layouts  (e.g.
              fl-fr-lfe is 2.1).

              If  the  list  of  channel layouts has only 1 item, the decoder is asked to produce
              according output. This sometimes triggers decoder-downmix, which might be different
              from the normal mpv downmix. (Only some decoders support remixing audio, like AC-3,
              AAC or DTS. You can use --ad-lavc-downmix=no to make the decoder always output  its
              native  layout.)  One  consequence is that --audio-channels=stereo triggers decoder
              downmix, while auto or auto-safe never will, even if they end up selecting  stereo.
              This  happens  because  the  decision  whether  to use decoder downmix happens long
              before the audio device is opened.

              If the channel layout of the media file (i.e. the decoder)  and  the  AO's  channel
              layout don't match, mpv will attempt to insert a conversion filter.


                        Using  auto  can  cause  issues  when  using audio over HDMI. The OS will
                        typically report all channel layouts that _can_ go over HDMI, even if the
                        receiver does not support them. If a receiver gets an unsupported channel
                        layout, random  things  can  happen,  such  as  dropping  the  additional
                        channels, or adding noise.

                        You are recommended to set an explicit whitelist of the layouts you want.
                        For example, most A/V receivers connected via HDMI and that  can  do  7.1
                        would  be served by: --audio-channels=7.1,5.1,stereo

              Enable/disable  normalization  if  surround  audio is downmixed to stereo (default:
              no). If this is disabled, downmix can cause clipping. If it's enabled,  the  output
              might be too silent. It depends on the source audio.

              Technically, this changes the normalize suboption of the lavrresample audio filter,
              which performs the downmixing.

              If downmix happens outside of mpv for some reason, this has no effect.

              Setting this option to attachment (default) will display  image  attachments  (e.g.
              album  cover  art) when playing audio files. It will display the first image found,
              and additional images are available as video tracks.

              Setting this option to no disables display of video  entirely  when  playing  audio

              This option has no influence on files with normal video tracks.

              Play audio from an external file while viewing a video.

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

              CLI/config  file  only alias for --audio-files-append. Each use of this option will
              add a new audio track. The details are similar to how --sub-file works.

              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to  the  sound
              card. The values that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of the
              format audio filter.

              Select the output sample rate to be used (of course  sound  cards  have  limits  on
              this).  If  the  sample  frequency  selected  is different from that of the current
              media, the lavrresample audio filter will be inserted into the audio  filter  layer
              to compensate for the difference.

              Try  to  play consecutive audio files with no silence or disruption at the point of
              file change. Default: weak.

              no     Disable gapless audio.

              yes    The audio device is opened using parameters chosen for the first file played
                     and  is  then  kept  open for gapless playback. This means that if the first
                     file for example has a low sample rate, then the  following  files  may  get
                     resampled  to  the same low sample rate, resulting in reduced sound quality.
                     If you play files with different parameters, consider using options such  as
                     --audio-samplerate  and  --audio-format to explicitly select what the shared
                     output format will be.

              weak   Normally, the audio device is kept open  (using  the  format  it  was  first
                     initialized with). If the audio format the decoder output changes, the audio
                     device is closed and reopened. This means that you will normally get gapless
                     audio with files that were encoded using the same settings, but might not be
                     gapless in other cases.  (Unlike with yes, you don't  have  to  worry  about
                     corner  cases  like the first file setting a very low quality output format,
                     and ruining the playback of higher quality files that follow.)

                 This feature is implemented in a simple manner and relies on audio output device
                 buffering  to  continue  playback  while  moving  from  one  file to another. If
                 playback of the new file starts slowly, for example because it is played from  a
                 remote  network  location  or  because  you  have  specified cache settings that
                 require time for the initial cache fill, then the buffered  audio  may  run  out
                 before playback of the new file can start.

       --initial-audio-sync, --no-initial-audio-sync
              When  starting  a  video  file or after events such as seeking, mpv will by default
              modify the audio stream to make it start from  the  same  timestamp  as  video,  by
              either  inserting silence at the start or cutting away the first samples. Disabling
              this option makes the player behave like older mpv versions did:  video  and  audio
              are  both started immediately even if their start timestamps differ, and then video
              timing is gradually adjusted if necessary to reach correct synchronization later.

       --volume-max=<100.0-1000.0>, --softvol-max=<...>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 130). A value of 130  will
              allow you to adjust the volume up to about double the normal level.

              --softvol-max is a deprecated alias and should not be used.

       --audio-file-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-audio-file-auto
              Load  additional  audio  files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies
              how external audio files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external audio files.

              exact  Load the media filename with audio file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all audio files containing media filename.

              all    Load all audio files in the current and --audio-file-path directories.

              Equivalent to --sub-file-paths option, but for auto-loaded audio files.

              The application name the player reports to the audio API. Can be useful if you want
              to  force  a  different  audio  profile  (e.g. with PulseAudio), or to set your own
              application name when using libmpv.

              Set the audio output minimum buffer. The  audio  device  might  actually  create  a
              larger  buffer  if  it  pleases. If the device creates a smaller buffer, additional
              audio is buffered in an additional software buffer.

              Making this larger will make soft-volume and other filters react slower,  introduce
              additional  issues  on  playback speed change, and block the player on audio format
              changes. A smaller buffer might lead to audio dropouts.

              This option should  be  used  for  testing  only.  If  a  non-default  value  helps
              significantly, the mpv developers should be contacted.

              Default: 0.2 (200 ms).

              Cash-grab  consumer  audio  hardware  (such  as A/V receivers) often ignore initial
              audio sent over HDMI. This can happen every time audio over  HDMI  is  stopped  and
              resumed. In order to compensate for this, you can enable this option to not to stop
              and restart audio on seeks, and fill the gaps with silence. Likewise, when  pausing
              playback, audio is not stopped, and silence is played while paused. Note that if no
              audio track is selected, the audio device will still be closed immediately.

              Not all AOs support this.

              This makes sense for use with --audio-stream-silence=yes. If this option is  given,
              the player will wait for the given amount of seconds after opening the audio device
              before sending actual audio data to it. Useful if your expensive hardware  discards
              the first 1 or 2 seconds of audio data sent to it. If --audio-stream-silence=yes is
              not set, this option will likely just waste time.

          Changing styling and position does not work with all subtitles.  Image-based  subtitles
          (DVD, Bluray/PGS, DVB) cannot changed for fundamental reasons.  Subtitles in ASS format
          are normally not changed intentionally, but overriding  them  can  be  controlled  with

          Previously  some  options  working on text subtitles were called --sub-text-*, they are
          now named --sub-*, and those specifically for ASS have been  renamed  from  --ass-*  to
          --sub-ass-*.  They are now all in this section.

              Force  subtitle  demuxer  type  for --sub-file. Give the demuxer name as printed by

              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds. Can be negative.

              Add a subtitle file to the list of external subtitles.

              If you use --sub-file only once, this subtitle file is displayed by default.

              If --sub-file is used multiple times, the  subtitle  to  use  can  be  switched  at
              runtime  by  cycling  subtitle tracks. It's possible to show two subtitles at once:
              use --sid to select the first subtitle index, and  --secondary-sid  to  select  the
              second  index. (The index is printed on the terminal output after the --sid= in the
              list of streams.)

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

              Select a secondary subtitle stream. This  is  similar  to  --sid.  If  a  secondary
              subtitle  is  selected,  it  will  be  rendered as toptitle (i.e. on the top of the
              screen) alongside the normal subtitle, and provides a way to render  two  subtitles
              at once.

              There  are some caveats associated with this feature. For example, bitmap subtitles
              will always be rendered in their usual position, so selecting a bitmap subtitle  as
              secondary  subtitle  will result in overlapping subtitles.  Secondary subtitles are
              never shown on the terminal if video is disabled.

                 Styling and interpretation of any formatting tags is disabled for the  secondary
                 subtitle.  Internally,  the  same mechanism as --no-sub-ass is used to strip the

                 If the main subtitle stream contains formatting tags which display the  subtitle
                 at  the  top  of  the  screen,  it  will overlap with the secondary subtitle. To
                 prevent this, you could use --no-sub-ass to disable styling in the main subtitle

              Factor for the text subtitle font size (default: 1).

                 This  affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well,  and  may  lead  to  incorrect subtitle
                 rendering. Use with care, or use --sub-font-size instead.

              Whether to scale subtitles  with  the  window  size  (default:  yes).  If  this  is
              disabled, changing the window size won't change the subtitle font size.

              Like --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

              Make  the subtitle font size relative to the window, instead of the video.  This is
              useful if you always want the same font size, even if the video doesn't  cover  the
              window fully, e.g. because screen aspect and window aspect mismatch (and the player
              adds black bars).

              Default: yes.

              This option is misnamed. The difference to the confusingly similar sounding  option
              --sub-scale-by-window   is  that  --sub-scale-with-window  still  scales  with  the
              approximate window size, while the other option disables this scaling.

              Affects plain text subtitles  only  (or  ASS  if  --sub-ass-override  is  set  high

              Like  --sub-scale-with-window,  but  affects  subtitles  in  ASS format only.  Like
              --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

              Default: no.

       --embeddedfonts, --no-embeddedfonts
              Use fonts embedded in Matroska container files and ASS scripts (default:  enabled).
              These fonts can be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.

              Specify the position of subtitles on the screen. The value is the vertical position
              of the subtitle in % of the screen height.

                 This affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well,  and  may  lead  to  incorrect  subtitle
                 rendering. Use with care, or use --sub-margin-y instead.

              Multiply the subtitle event timestamps with the given value. Can be used to fix the
              playback speed for frame-based subtitle formats. Affects text subtitles only.


                        --sub-speed=25/23.976 plays frame based subtitles which have been  loaded
                        assuming a framerate of 23.976 at 25 FPS.

              Override some style or script info parameters.


                 · --sub-ass-force-style=FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1

                 · --sub-ass-force-style=PlayResY=768

                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

              Set font hinting type. <type> can be:

              none   no hinting (default)

              light  FreeType autohinter, light mode

              normal FreeType autohinter, normal mode

              native font native hinter


                        Enabling  hinting  can  lead  to  mispositioned  text (in situations it's
                        supposed to match up video  background),  or  reduce  the  smoothness  of
                        animations with some badly authored ASS scripts. It is recommended to not
                        use this option, unless really needed.

              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

              Set the text layout engine used by libass.

              simple uses Fribidi only, fast, doesn't render some languages correctly

                     uses HarfBuzz, slower, wider language support

              complex is the default. If libass hasn't been  compiled  against  HarfBuzz,  libass
              silently reverts to simple.

              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for rendering text
              subtitles. The syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles]  /  [V4+  Styles]
              section of SSA/ASS.

                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

              Control  whether  user  style  overrides  should be applied. Note that all of these
              overrides try to be somewhat smart about figuring out whether or not a subtitle  is
              considered a "sign".

              no     Render subtitles as specified by the subtitle scripts, without overrides.

              yes    Apply  all  the --sub-ass-* style override options. Changing the default for
                     any of these options can lead to incorrect subtitle rendering (default).

              force  Like yes, but also force all --sub-* options. Can break rendering easily.

              scale  Like yes, but also apply --sub-scale.

              strip  Radically strip  all  ASS  tags  and  styles  from  the  subtitle.  This  is
                     equivalent to the old --no-ass / --no-sub-ass options.

              Enables  placing  toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available,
              if the subtitles are in the ASS format.

              Default: no.

              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they  are  available,
              if  the  subtitles are in a plain text format  (or ASS if --sub-ass-override is set
              high enough).

              Default: yes.

              Renamed from --sub-ass-use-margins. To place ASS subtitles in the borders too (like
              the old option did), also add --sub-ass-force-margins.

              Stretch  SSA/ASS  subtitles  when  playing anamorphic videos for compatibility with
              traditional VSFilter behavior. This switch has no effect when the video  is  stored
              with square pixels.

              The  renderer  historically  most  commonly  used for the SSA/ASS subtitle formats,
              VSFilter, had questionable behavior that resulted in subtitles being stretched  too
              if  the  video  was  stored in anamorphic format that required scaling for display.
              This behavior is  usually  undesirable  and  newer  VSFilter  versions  may  behave
              differently.  However,  many  existing  scripts  compensate  for  the stretching by
              modifying things in the opposite direction.  Thus, if such  scripts  are  displayed
              "correctly",  they  will  not appear as intended.  This switch enables emulation of
              the old VSFilter behavior (undesirable but expected by many existing scripts).

              Enabled by default.

              Scale \blur tags by video resolution  instead  of  script  resolution  (enabled  by
              default).  This is bug in VSFilter, which according to some, can't be fixed anymore
              in the name of compatibility.

              Note that this uses the actual video resolution for calculating  the  offset  scale
              factor, not what the video filter chain or the video output use.

              Mangle  colors  like  (xy-)vsfilter do (default: basic). Historically, VSFilter was
              not color space aware. This was no problem as long as the color space used  for  SD
              video  (BT.601) was used. But when everything switched to HD (BT.709), VSFilter was
              still converting RGB colors to BT.601, rendered them  into  the  video  frame,  and
              handled  the  frame  to  the video output, which would use BT.709 for conversion to
              RGB. The result were mangled subtitle colors. Later on, bad hacks were added on top
              of the ASS format to control how colors are to be mangled.

              basic  Handle  only BT.601->BT.709 mangling, if the subtitles seem to indicate that
                     this is required (default).

              full   Handle the full YCbCr Matrix header with all video color spaces supported by
                     libass  and mpv. This might lead to bad breakages in corner cases and is not
                     strictly needed for compatibility (hopefully), which  is  why  this  is  not

                     Force BT.601->BT.709 mangling, regardless of subtitle headers or video color

              no     Disable color mangling completely. All colors are RGB.

              Choosing anything other than no will make the subtitle color depend  on  the  video
              color space, and it's for example in theory not possible to reuse a subtitle script
              with another video file. The --sub-ass-override  option  doesn't  affect  how  this
              option is interpreted.

              Stretch  DVD  subtitles  when playing anamorphic videos for better looking fonts on
              badly mastered DVDs. This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square
              pixels - which for DVD input cannot be the case though.

              Many  studios  tend  to  use bitmap fonts designed for square pixels when authoring
              DVDs, causing the fonts to look stretched on playback on DVD players.  This  option
              fixes  them, however at the price of possibly misaligning some subtitles (e.g. sign

              Disabled by default.

              Stretch DVD and other image subtitles to the screen, ignoring  the  video  margins.
              This  has a similar effect as --sub-use-margins for text subtitles, except that the
              text itself will be stretched, not only just repositioned. (At least in general  it
              is  unavoidable,  as  an  image  bitmap  can  in  theory consist of a single bitmap
              covering the whole screen, and the player won't know where exactly the  text  parts
              are located.)

              This option does not display subtitles correctly. Use with care.

              Disabled by default.

              Override  the  image  subtitle  resolution with the video resolution (default: no).
              Normally, the subtitle canvas is fit into  the  video  canvas  (e.g.  letterboxed).
              Setting  this  option uses the video size as subtitle canvas size. Can be useful to
              test broken subtitles, which often happen  when  the  video  was  trancoded,  while
              attempting to keep the old subtitles.

       --sub-ass, --no-sub-ass
              Render ASS subtitles natively (enabled by default).

                 This  has  been  deprecated  by  --sub-ass-override=strip.  You  also  may  need
                 --embeddedfonts=no    to    get    the    same     behavior.     Also,     using
                 --sub-ass-override=style  should  give better results without breaking subtitles
                 too much.

              If --no-sub-ass is specified, all tags and  style  declarations  are  stripped  and
              ignored  on  display. The subtitle renderer uses the font style as specified by the
              --sub- options instead.

                 Using --no-sub-ass may lead to  incorrect  or  completely  broken  rendering  of
                 ASS/SSA  subtitles.  It can sometimes be useful to forcibly override the styling
                 of ASS subtitles, but should be avoided in general.

       --sub-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-sub-auto
              Load additional subtitle files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies
              how external subtitle files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external subtitle files.

              exact  Load the media filename with subtitle file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all subs containing media filename.

              all    Load all subs in the current and --sub-file-path directories.

              You  can use this option to specify the subtitle codepage. uchardet will be used to
              guess the charset. (If mpv was not  compiled  with  uchardet,  then  utf-8  is  the
              effective default.)

              The default value for this option is auto, which enables autodetection.

              The following steps are taken to determine the final codepage, in order:

              · if the specific codepage has a +, use that codepage

              · if the data looks like UTF-8, assume it is UTF-8

              · if --sub-codepage is set to a specific codepage, use that

              · run uchardet, and if successful, use that

              · otherwise, use UTF-8-BROKEN


                 · --sub-codepage=latin2 Use Latin 2 if input is not UTF-8.

                 · --sub-codepage=+cp1250 Always force recoding to cp1250.

              The  pseudo  codepage  UTF-8-BROKEN  is used internally. If it's set, subtitles are
              interpreted as UTF-8 with "Latin 1" as fallback for bytes which are not valid UTF-8
              sequences. iconv is never involved in this mode.

              This  option changed in mpv 0.23.0. Support for the old syntax was fully removed in
              mpv 0.24.0.

              Adjust subtitle timing is to remove minor gaps or overlaps  between  subtitles  (if
              the difference is smaller than 210 ms, the gap or overlap is removed).

              Display  only  forced  subtitles  for  the  DVD  subtitle  stream  selected by e.g.

              Specify the framerate of the subtitle  file  (default:  video  fps).  Affects  text
              subtitles only.

                 <rate>  >  video  fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle files and
                 slows them down for time-based ones.

              See also: --sub-speed.

              Apply Gaussian blur to  image  subtitles  (default:  0).  This  can  help  to  make
              pixelated  DVD/Vobsubs  look  nicer. A value other than 0 also switches to software
              subtitle scaling. Might be slow.

                 Never applied to text subtitles.

              Convert image subtitles to grayscale. Can help  to  make  yellow  DVD/Vobsubs  look

                 Never applied to text subtitles.

              Deprecated, use --sub-file-paths.

              Specify  extra  directories  to  search for subtitles matching the video.  Multiple
              directories can be separated by ":" (";" on Windows).  Paths  can  be  relative  or
              absolute.  Relative paths are interpreted relative to video file directory.  If the
              file is a URL, only absolute paths  and  sub  configuration  subdirectory  will  be


                        Assuming      that     /path/to/video/video.avi     is     played     and
                        --sub-file-paths=sub:subtitles is specified, mpv  searches  for  subtitle
                        files in these directories:

                 · /path/to/video/

                 · /path/to/video/sub/

                 · /path/to/video/subtitles/

                 · the sub configuration subdirectory (usually ~/.config/mpv/sub/)

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

       --sub-visibility, --no-sub-visibility
              Can be used to disable display of subtitles, but still select and decode them.

              (Obscure,  rarely  useful.)  Can  be  used  to play broken mkv files with duplicate
              ReadOrder fields. ReadOrder is the first field in  a  Matroska-style  ASS  subtitle
              packets.  It  should  be  unique,  and  libass  uses  it  for  fast  elimination of
              duplicates. This option disables caching of subtitles across seeks, so after a seek
              libass can't eliminate subtitle packets with the same ReadOrder as earlier packets.

              This  works for dvb_teletext subtitle streams, and if FFmpeg has been compiled with
              support for it.

              Specify font to use for subtitles that do not themselves specify a particular font.
              The default is sans-serif.


                 · --sub-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'

                 · --sub-font='Comic Sans MS'

                 The  --sub-font option (and many other style related --sub- options) are ignored
                 when ASS-subtitles are rendered, unless the --no-sub-ass option is specified.

                 This used to support fontconfig patterns.  Starting  with  libass  0.13.0,  this
                 stopped working.

              Specify the sub font size. The unit is the size in scaled pixels at a window height
              of 720. The actual pixel size is scaled with  the  window  height:  if  the  window
              height  is  larger  or  smaller  than 720, the actual size of the text increases or
              decreases as well.

              Default: 55.

              See --sub-color. Color used for sub text background.

              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

              Format text on bold.

              Format text on italic.

              See --sub-color. Color used for the sub font border.

                 ignored when --sub-back-color is specified (or more exactly: when that option is
                 not set to completely transparent).

              Size  of  the sub font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). A
              value of 0 disables borders.

              Default: 3.

              Specify the color used for unstyled text subtitles.

              The color is specified in the form r/g/b, where each color component  is  specified
              as  number  in the range 0.0 to 1.0. It's also possible to specify the transparency
              by using r/g/b/a, where the alpha value 0 means fully transparent,  and  1.0  means
              opaque. If the alpha component is not given, the color is 100% opaque.

              Passing  a  single  number  to the option sets the sub to gray, and the form gray/a
              lets you specify alpha additionally.


                 · --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0 set sub to opaque red

                 · --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0/0.75 set sub to opaque red with 75% alpha

                 · --sub-color=0.5/0.75 set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Alternatively, the color can be specified as a RGB hex triplet in the form #RRGGBB,
              where  each  2-digit group expresses a color value in the range 0 (00) to 255 (FF).
              For example, #FF0000 is red.  This is similar to web colors. Alpha  is  given  with


                 · --sub-color='#FF0000' set sub to opaque red

                 · --sub-color='#C0808080' set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Left and right screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the distance of the sub to the left,  as  well  as  at  which
              distance from the right border long sub text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

              Top and bottom screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the vertical margins of unstyled text subtitles.  If you just
              want to raise the vertical subtitle position, use --sub-pos.

              Default: 22.

              Control to which corner of the screen text subtitles should be aligned to (default:

              Never applied to ASS subtitles, except in --no-sub-ass mode.  Likewise,  this  does
              not apply to image subtitles.

              Vertical position (default: bottom).  Details see --sub-align-x.

              Control  how  multi  line subs are justified irrespective of where they are aligned
              (default: auto which justifies as defined by --sub-align-y).  Left justification is
              recommended to make the subs easier to read as it is easier for the eyes.

              Applies   justification   as   defined   by   --sub-justify  on  ASS  subtitles  if
              --sub-ass-override is not set to no.  Default: no.

              See --sub-color. Color used for sub text shadow.

              Displacement of the sub text shadow  in  scaled  pixels  (see  --sub-font-size  for
              details). A value of 0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

              Horizontal  sub  font  spacing  in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).
              This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

              Applies filter removing subtitle additions for the deaf or  hard-of-hearing  (SDH).
              This  is  intended  for English, but may in part work for other languages too.  The
              intention is that it can be always enabled so may not remove all parts  added.   It
              removes  speaker labels (like MAN:), upper case text in parentheses and any text in

              Default: no.

              Do harder SDH filtering (if enabled by --sub-filter-sdh).  Will also remove speaker
              labels and text within parentheses using both lower and upper case letters.

              Default: no.

              Set the window title. This is used for the video window, and if possible, also sets
              the audio stream title.

              Properties are expanded. (See Property Expansion.)

                 There is a danger of this  causing  significant  CPU  usage,  depending  on  the
                 properties used. Changing the window title is often a slow operation, and if the
                 title changes every frame, playback can be ruined.

              In multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans  across  multiple
              displays), this option tells mpv which screen to display the video on.

                 Note (X11)

                        This  option  does  not  work properly with all window managers. In these
                        cases, you can try to use --geometry to position the  window  explicitly.
                        It's  also  possible  that the window manager provides native features to
                        control which screens application windows should use.

              See also --fs-screen.

       --fullscreen, --fs
              Fullscreen playback.

              In multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans  across  multiple
              displays),  this  option tells mpv which screen to go fullscreen to.  If default is
              provided mpv will fallback on  using  the  behavior  depending  on  what  the  user
              provided with the screen option.

                 Note (X11)

                        This   option  does  works  properly  only  with  window  managers  which
                        understand the EWMH _NET_WM_FULLSCREEN_MONITORS hint.

                 Note (OS X)

                        all does not work on OS X and will behave like current.

              See also --screen.

              Do not terminate when playing or seeking beyond the end of the file, and  there  is
              not  next  file  to be played (and --loop is not used).  Instead, pause the player.
              When trying to seek beyond end of the file, the player will attempt to seek to  the
              last frame.

              Normally,  this will act like set pause yes on EOF, unless the --keep-open-pause=no
              option is set.

              The following arguments can be given:

              no     If the current file ends, go to the next file or terminate.  (Default.)

              yes    Don't terminate if the current file is the last playlist entry.   Equivalent
                     to --keep-open without arguments.

              always Like  yes,  but  also  applies to files before the last playlist entry. This
                     means playback will never automatically advance to the next file.

                 This option is not respected when using --frames.  Explicitly  skipping  to  the
                 next file if the binding uses force will terminate playback as well.

                 Also, if errors or unusual circumstances happen, the player can quit anyway.

              Since mpv 0.6.0, this doesn't pause if there is a next file in the playlist, or the
              playlist is looped. Approximately, this will pause when the player  would  normally
              exit,  but  in  practice there are corner cases in which this is not the case (e.g.
              mpv --keep-open file.mkv /dev/null will play file.mkv normally, then fail  to  open
              /dev/null, then exit). (In mpv 0.8.0, always was introduced, which restores the old

              If set to no, instead of pausing when --keep-open is active, just stop  at  end  of
              file  and continue playing forward when you seek backwards until end where it stops
              again. Default: yes.

              If the current file is an image, play the image for the  given  amount  of  seconds
              (default:  1).  inf  means  the  file  is  kept  open forever (until the user stops
              playback manually).

              Unlike --keep-open, the player is not paused, but simply continues  playback  until
              the time has elapsed. (It should not use any resources during "playback".)

              This  affects  image  files,  which are defined as having only 1 video frame and no
              audio. The player may recognize  certain  non-images  as  images,  for  example  if
              --length is used to reduce the length to 1 frame, or if you seek to the last frame.

              This  option  does  not  affect  the framerate used for mf:// or --merge-files. For
              that, use --mf-fps instead.

              Create a video output window even if there is no video. This  can  be  useful  when
              pretending that mpv is a GUI application. Currently, the window always has the size
              640x480, and is subject to --geometry, --autofit, and similar options.

                 The window is created only after initialization (to  make  sure  default  window
                 placement  still  works  if  the video size is different from the --force-window
                 default window size). This can be  a  problem  if  initialization  doesn't  work
                 perfectly,  such  as  when  opening URLs with bad network connection, or opening
                 broken video files. The immediate mode can be used to create the  window  always
                 on program start, but this may cause other issues.

       --taskbar-progress, --no-taskbar-progress
              (Windows only) Enable/disable playback progress rendering in taskbar (Windows 7 and

              Enabled by default.

              (Windows only) Snap the player window to screen edges.

              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.

              On Windows, if combined with fullscreen mode, this causes  mpv  to  be  treated  as
              exclusive fullscreen window that bypasses the Desktop Window Manager.

              (OS X only) Sets the level of an ontop window (default: window).

              window On top of all other windows.

              system On top of system elements like Taskbar, Menubar and Dock.

              level  A level as integer.

       --border, --no-border
              Play  video  with  window  border and decorations. Since this is on by default, use
              --no-border to disable the standard window decorations.

       --fit-border, --no-fit-border
              (Windows only) Fit the whole window with border  and  decorations  on  the  screen.
              Since this is on by default, use --no-fit-border to make mpv try to only fit client
              area with video on the screen. This behavior only applied to window/video with size
              exceeding size of the screen.

              (X11 only) Show the video window on all virtual desktops.

       --geometry=<[W[xH]][+-x+-y]>, --geometry=<x:y>
              Adjust  the initial window position or size. W and H set the window size in pixels.
              x and y set the window position, measured in pixels from the top-left corner of the
              screen  to  the  top-left corner of the image being displayed. If a percentage sign
              (%) is given after the argument, it turns the value into a percentage of the screen
              size  in  that  direction.   Positions  are  specified  similar to the standard X11
              --geometry option format, in which e.g. +10-50 means "place 10 pixels from the left
              border  and  50 pixels from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels
              beyond the right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".

              If an external window is specified using the --wid option, this option is ignored.

              The coordinates are relative to the screen given with --screen for the video output
              drivers that fully support --screen.

                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers.


                 50:40  Places the window at x=50, y=40.

                        Places the window in the middle of the screen.

                        Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

                 50%    Sets  the  window width to half the screen width. Window height is set so
                        that the window has the video aspect ratio.

                        Forces the window width and height to half the screen width  and  height.
                        Will  show  black  borders to compensate for the video aspect ratio (with
                        most VOs and without --no-keepaspect).

                        Sets the window to half the screen widths, and  positions  it  10  pixels
                        below/left of the top left corner of the screen.

              See  also  --autofit  and --autofit-larger for fitting the window into a given size
              without changing aspect ratio.

              Set the initial window size to a maximum size specified by  WxH,  without  changing
              the  window's  aspect  ratio.  The  size  is  measured in pixels, or if a number is
              followed by a percentage sign (%), in percents of the screen size.

              This option never changes the aspect ratio of  the  window.  If  the  aspect  ratio
              mismatches, the window's size is reduced until it fits into the specified size.

              Window  position  is not taken into account, nor is it modified by this option (the
              window manager still may place the  window  differently  depending  on  size).  Use
              --geometry  to  change  the  window  position.  Its  effects are applied after this

              See --geometry for details how this is handled with multi-monitor setups.

              Use --autofit-larger instead if you just want to limit  the  maximum  size  of  the
              window, rather than always forcing a window size.

              Use  --geometry  if  you  want  to force both window width and height to a specific

                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.


                 70%    Make the window width 70% of the screen size, keeping aspect ratio.

                 1000   Set the window width to 1000 pixels, keeping aspect ratio.

                        Make the window as large as possible, without being wider than 70% of the
                        screen width, or higher than 60% of the screen height.

              This  option behaves exactly like --autofit, except the window size is only changed
              if the window would be larger than the specified size.


                        If the video is larger than 90% of the screen width or 80% of the  screen
                        height,  make  the  window  smaller  until either its width is 90% of the
                        screen, or its height is 80% of the screen.

              This option behaves exactly like --autofit, except that it sets the minimum size of
              the window (just as --autofit-larger sets the maximum).


                        Make  the  window at least 500 pixels wide and 500 pixels high (depending
                        on the video aspect ratio, the width or height will be larger than 500 in
                        order to keep the aspect ratio the same).

              Resize  the video window to a multiple (or fraction) of the video size. This option
              is applied before --autofit and other options are applied (so  they  override  this

              For example, --window-scale=0.5 would show the window at half the video size.

              Make  mouse  cursor automatically hide after given number of milliseconds.  no will
              disable cursor autohide. always means the cursor will stay hidden.

              If this option is given,  the  cursor  is  always  visible  in  windowed  mode.  In
              fullscreen mode, the cursor is shown or hidden according to --cursor-autohide.

       --no-fixed-vo, --fixed-vo
              --no-fixed-vo  enforces  closing  and reopening the video window for multiple files
              (one (un)initialization for each file).

              Change how some video outputs render the OSD and  text  subtitles.  This  does  not
              change  appearance  of the subtitles and only has performance implications. For VOs
              which support native ASS rendering (like vdpau,  opengl,  direct3d),  this  can  be
              slightly  faster  or  slower, depending on GPU drivers and hardware. For other VOs,
              this just makes rendering slower.

              Forcefully move mpv's video output window to default location whenever there  is  a
              change  in  video  parameters,  video  stream  or file. This used to be the default
              behavior. Currently only affects X11 VOs.


              This option is redundant with Lua scripting. Further, it shouldn't  be  needed  for
              disabling  screensaver  anyway,  since mpv will call xdg-screensaver when using X11
              backend.  As  a  consequence  this  option  has  been  deprecated  with  no  direct

          Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e. using the
          shell. The time between the commands can be customized  with  the  --heartbeat-interval
          option. The command is not run while playback is paused.

              mpv  uses this command without any checking. It is your responsibility to ensure it
              does not cause security problems (e.g. make sure to use full paths  if  "."  is  in
              your  path  like  on Windows). It also only works when playing video (i.e. not with
              --no-video but works with --vo=null).

          This can be "misused" to disable screensavers that do not support the proper X API (see
          also  --stop-screensaver).  If you think this is too complicated, ask the author of the
          screensaver program to support the proper X APIs. Note that the --stop-screensaver does
          not influence the heartbeat code at all.

              Example for xscreensaver

                     mpv --heartbeat-cmd="xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

              Example for GNOME screensaver

                     mpv --heartbeat-cmd="gnome-screensaver-command --deactivate" file

              Time between --heartbeat-cmd invocations in seconds (default: 30).

                 This does not affect the normal screensaver operation in any way.

       --no-keepaspect, --keepaspect
              --no-keepaspect  will always stretch the video to window size, and will disable the
              window manager hints that force the window aspect ratio.   (Ignored  in  fullscreen

       --no-keepaspect-window, --keepaspect-window
              --keepaspect-window  (the  default)  will lock the window size to the video aspect.
              --no-keepaspect-window disables this behavior, and will instead add black  bars  if
              window aspect and video aspect mismatch. Whether this actually works depends on the
              VO backend.  (Ignored in fullscreen mode.)

              Set the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a previous
              setting  (e.g.  in  the config file). Overrides the --monitorpixelaspect setting if

              See also --monitorpixelaspect and --video-aspect.


                 · --monitoraspect=4:3  or --monitoraspect=1.3333

                 · --monitoraspect=16:9 or --monitoraspect=1.7777

       --hidpi-window-scale, --no-hidpi-window-scale
              (OS X and X11 only) Scale the window size according to  the  backing  scale  factor
              (default: yes).  On regular HiDPI resolutions the window opens with double the size
              but appears as having the same size as  on  none-HiDPI  resolutions.  This  is  the
              default OS X behavior.

              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1). A value
              of 1 means square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs). See also --monitoraspect
              and --video-aspect.

       --stop-screensaver, --no-stop-screensaver
              Turns off the screensaver (or screen blanker and similar mechanisms) at startup and
              turns it on again on exit (default: yes). The screensaver is always re-enabled when
              the player is paused.

              This  is  not  supported  on  all  video  outputs  or  platforms.  Sometimes  it is
              implemented, but does not work (known to happen with GNOME). You might be  able  to
              work around this using --heartbeat-cmd instead.

              This  tells  mpv to attach to an existing window. If a VO is selected that supports
              this option, it will use that window for video output. mpv will scale the video  to
              the  size of this window, and will add black bars to compensate if the aspect ratio
              of the video is different.

              On X11, the ID is interpreted as a Window  on  X11.  Unlike  MPlayer/mplayer2,  mpv
              always  creates  its own window, and sets the wid window as parent. The window will
              always be resized to cover the parent window fully.  The  value  0  is  interpreted
              specially, and mpv will draw directly on the root window.

              On  win32,  the  ID  is interpreted as HWND. Pass it as value cast to intptr_t. mpv
              will create its own window, and set the wid window as parent, like with X11.

              On OSX/Cocoa, the ID is interpreted as NSView*. Pass it as value cast to  intptr_t.
              mpv  will create its own sub-view. Because OSX does not support window embedding of
              foreign processes, this works only with libmpv, and will crash when used  from  the
              command line.

              Don't move the window when clicking on it and moving the mouse pointer.

              Set the window class name for X11-based video output methods.

              (X11 only) Control the use of NetWM protocol features.

              This  may  or  may  not  help  with  broken  window  managers.  This  provides some
              functionality that was implemented by the now removed --fstype  option.   Actually,
              it  is  not  known  to  the  developers  to which degree this option was needed, so
              feedback is welcome.

              Specifically, yes  will  force  use  of  NetWM  fullscreen  support,  even  if  not
              advertised  by  the WM. This can be useful for WMs that are broken on purpose, like
              XMonad. (XMonad supposedly doesn't advertise fullscreen support, because Flash uses
              it.  Apparently,  applications  which want to use fullscreen anyway are supposed to
              either ignore the NetWM support hints, or provide a workaround. Shame on XMonad for
              deliberately breaking X protocols (as if X isn't bad enough already).

              By default, NetWM support is autodetected (auto).

              This option might be removed in the future.

              If  set  to  yes,  then  ask  the compositor to unredirect the mpv window (default:
              fs-only). This uses the _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR hint.

              fs-only asks the window manager to disable the compositor only in fullscreen mode.

              no sets _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR to 0, which is the default value as  declared  by
              the EWMH specification, i.e. no change is done.

              never asks the window manager to never disable the compositor.

   Disc Devices
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd). You can also specify a
              directory that contains files previously copied directly  from  a  DVD  (with  e.g.


                        mpv dvd:// --dvd-device=/path/to/dvd/

              (Blu-ray  only) Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray


                        mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/bd/

              These options can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of mpv.

              Set CD spin speed.

              Set paranoia level. Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but  the
              first track.

              0      disable checking (default)

              1      overlap checking only

              2      full data correction and verification

              Set atomic read size.

              Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

              Assume  that  the  beginning  offset  of  track  1  as  reported in the TOC will be
              addressed as LBA 0. Some discs need this for getting track boundaries correctly.

              Add <value> sectors  to  the  values  reported  when  addressing  tracks.   May  be

              (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

              Print  CD  text.  This  is  disabled  by default, because it ruins performance with
              CD-ROM drives for unknown reasons.

              Try to limit DVD speed (default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is 1385 kB/s, so  an
              8x  drive  can  read  at speeds up to 11080 kB/s. Slower speeds make the drive more
              quiet. For watching DVDs, 2700 kB/s should be quiet and fast enough. mpv resets the
              speed  to  the  drive default value on close.  Values of at least 100 mean speed in
              kB/s. Values less than 100 mean multiples of 1385 kB/s, i.e. --dvd-speed=8  selects
              11080 kB/s.

                 You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

              Some  DVDs  contain  scenes  that  can be viewed from multiple angles.  This option
              tells mpv which angle to use (default: 1).

              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all  video
              output drivers.

              Adjust  the  contrast  of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

              Adjust the saturation of the video signal  (default:  0).  You  can  get  grayscale
              output with this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

              Adjust  the  gamma  of  the  video  signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video
              output drivers.

              Adjust the hue of the video signal (default: 0). You can get a colored negative  of
              the image with this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

              Force  demuxer  type.  Use  a  '+' before the name to force it; this will skip some
              checks. Give the demuxer name as printed by --demuxer=help.

              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

              Whether to probe stream information (default:  auto).  Technically,  this  controls
              whether  libavformat's avformat_find_stream_info() function is called. Usually it's
              safer to call it, but it can also make startup slower.

              The auto choice (the default) tries to skip this for a  few  know-safe  whitelisted
              formats, while calling it for everything else.

              Minimum required libavformat probe score. Lower values will require less data to be
              loaded (makes streams start faster), but makes file format detection less reliable.
              Can  be  used  to  force  auto-detected  libavformat  demuxers, even if libavformat
              considers the detection not reliable enough. (Default: 26.)

              Allow deriving the format from the HTTP MIME type (default: yes). Set this to no in
              case  playing  things from HTTP mysteriously fails, even though the same files work
              from local disk.

              This is default in order to reduce latency when opening HTTP streams.

              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

              By default, some  formats  will  be  handled  differently  from  other  formats  by
              explicitly  checking  for  them.  Most  of  these compensate for weird or imperfect
              behavior from libavformat demuxers. Passing no disables these.  For  debugging  and
              testing only.

              Mode  for  deriving  missing  packet  PTS  values  from  packet  DTS.  lavf enables
              libavformat's genpts option. no disables it. This used to be  enabled  by  default,
              but  then  it  was  deemed  as  not  needed anymore.  Enabling this might help with
              timestamp problems, or make them worse.

              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.

              Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass  all  unknown  options  through  the
              AVOption  system  is  welcome.  A full list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg
              manual. Note that some options may conflict with mpv options.



              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase. In the case of  MPEG-TS
              this value identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

              Size of the stream read buffer allocated for libavformat in bytes (default: 32768).
              Lowering the size could lower latency. Note that libavformat might  reallocate  the
              buffer internally, or not fully use all of it.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll=<yes|index|no>, --mkv-subtitle-preroll
              Try harder to show embedded soft subtitles when seeking somewhere. Normally, it can
              happen that the subtitle at the seek target is not shown due to how some  container
              file  formats  are designed. The subtitles appear only if seeking before or exactly
              to the position a subtitle first appears. To make this worse, subtitles  are  often
              timed  to  appear  a  very  small amount before the associated video frame, so that
              seeking to the video frame typically does not demux the subtitle at that position.

              Enabling this option makes the demuxer start reading data a  bit  before  the  seek
              target,  so  that  subtitles appear correctly. Note that this makes seeking slower,
              and is not guaranteed to always work. It only works if the subtitle is close enough
              to the seek target.

              Works  with  the  internal  Matroska  demuxer only. Always enabled for absolute and
              hr-seeks, and this option changes behavior with relative or imprecise seeks only.

              You can use the --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs option to specify how much data
              the  demuxer  should  pre-read  at  most in order to find subtitle packets that may
              overlap. Setting this to 0 will effectively disable this preroll mechanism. Setting
              a  very  large value can make seeking very slow, and an extremely large value would
              completely reread the entire file from start to seek target on every seek - seeking
              can become slower towards the end of the file. The details are messy, and the value
              is actually rounded down to the cluster with the previous video keyframe.

              Some files, especially files muxed with newer mkvmerge versions,  have  information
              embedded  that  can  be used to determine what subtitle packets overlap with a seek
              target. In these cases, mpv will reduce the amount  of  data  read  to  a  minimum.
              (Although  it  will still read all data between the cluster that contains the first
              wanted subtitle packet, and the seek target.) If the index  choice  (which  is  the
              default)  is  specified,  then  prerolling will be done only if this information is
              actually available. If this method is used, the maximum amount of data to skip  can
              be  additionally  controlled by --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs-index (it still
              uses the value of the option without -index if that is higher).

              See also --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option. This option can achieve a similar effect,
              but  only  if  hr-seek is active. It works with any demuxer, but makes seeking much
              slower, as it has to decode audio and video data instead of just skipping over it.

              --mkv-subtitle-preroll is a deprecated alias.

              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

              When opening the file, seek to the end of it, and check  what  timestamp  the  last
              video  packet  has,  and  report  that  as  file  duration.  This  is  strictly for
              compatibility with Haali only. In this mode, it's possible  that  opening  will  be
              slower  (especially  when playing over http), or that behavior with broken files is
              much worse. So don't use this option.

              The yes mode merely uses the index and reads a small number of blocks from the  end
              of  the  file.  The  full  mode  actually  traverses the entire file and can make a
              reliable estimate even without an index present (such as partial files).

              Number of channels (or channel layout)  if  --demuxer=rawaudio  is  used  (default:

              Sample     format     for     --demuxer=rawaudio     (default:     s16le).      Use
              --demuxer-rawaudio-format=help to get a list of all formats.

              Sample rate for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: 44 kHz).

              Rate in frames per second for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: 25.0).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-w=<value>, --demuxer-rawvideo-h=<value>
              Image dimension in pixels for --demuxer=rawvideo.


                        Play a raw YUV sample:

                     mpv sample-720x576.yuv --demuxer=rawvideo \
                     --demuxer-rawvideo-w=720 --demuxer-rawvideo-h=576

              Color space (fourcc) in hex or string for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: YV12).

              Color   space   by   internal   video   format    for    --demuxer=rawvideo.    Use
              --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=help for a list of possible formats.

              Set   the   video  codec  instead  of  selecting  the  rawvideo  codec  when  using
              --demuxer=rawvideo. This uses the same values as codec names in --vd (but  it  does
              not accept decoder names).

              Frame size in bytes when using --demuxer=rawvideo.

              This  controls  how  much  the demuxer is allowed to buffer ahead. The demuxer will
              normally try to read ahead as much as necessary,  or  as  much  is  requested  with
              --demuxer-readahead-secs. The option can be used to restrict the maximum readahead.
              This limits excessive readahead in case of broken files or desynced  playback.  The
              demuxer  will  stop  reading  additional  packets  as  soon as one of the limits is
              reached. (The limits still can be slightly overstepped due to technical reasons.)

              Set these limits higher if you get a packet queue overflow warning, and  you  think
              normal playback would be possible with a larger packet queue.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range.

              Quite  similar  --demuxer-max-bytes=<bytes>.  Deprecated,  because the other option
              does basically the same job. Since mpv  0.25.0,  the  code  tries  to  account  for
              per-packet overhead, which is why this option becomes rather pointless.

              Run  the  demuxer  in  a  separate  thread, and let it prefetch a certain amount of
              packets (default: yes). Having this enabled may lead to smoother playback,  but  on
              the other hand can add delays to seeking or track switching.

              If  --demuxer-thread  is  enabled, this controls how much the demuxer should buffer
              ahead in seconds (default: 1). As long as no  packet  has  a  timestamp  difference
              higher  than  the  readahead  amount  relative  to  the last packet returned to the
              decoder, the demuxer keeps reading.

              Note that the --cache-secs option will override this value if a cache  is  enabled,
              and the value is larger.

              (This  value  tends  to  be  fuzzy,  because  many  file formats don't store linear

              Prefetch next playlist  entry  while  playback  of  the  current  entry  is  ending
              (default:  no). This merely opens the URL of the next playlist entry as soon as the
              current URL is fully read.

              This does not work with URLs resolved by the youtube-dl wrapper, and it won't.

              This does not affect HLS (.m3u8 URLs) - HLS  prefetching  depends  on  the  demuxer
              cache settings and is on by default.

              This  can give subtly wrong results if per-file options are used, or if options are
              changed in the time window between prefetching start and next file played.

              This can occasionally make wrong  prefetching  decisions.  For  example,  it  can't
              predict  whether  you  go backwards in the playlist, and assumes you won't edit the

              Highly experimental.

              If the player thinks that the media is not seekable (e.g. playing from a  pipe,  or
              it's  an  http  stream  with a server that doesn't support range requests), seeking
              will be disabled. This option can forcibly enable it.  For seeks within the  cache,
              there's a good chance of success.

              Use  system  settings for keyrepeat delay and rate, instead of --input-ar-delay and
              --input-ar-rate. (Whether this applies depends on the VO backend and how it handles
              keyboard input. Does not apply to terminal input.)

              Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).

              Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.

              Specify  input  configuration  file  other  than  the  default  location in the mpv
              configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/input.conf).

              Disable mpv default (built-in) key bindings.

              Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.

              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a  double-click
              (default: 300).

              Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.

              Specify  the  size  of  the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7). If it is too
              small, some events may be lost. The main disadvantage of setting it to a very large
              value is that if you hold down a key triggering some particularly slow command then
              the player may be unresponsive while it processes all the queued commands.

              Input test mode. Instead of executing commands on key presses, mpv  will  show  the
              keys  and the bound commands on the OSD. Has to be used with a dummy video, and the
              normal ways to quit the player will not work (key bindings that normally quit  will
              be shown on OSD only, just like any other binding). See INPUT.CONF.

              Read  commands from the given file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. Since mpv 0.7.0 also
              understands JSON commands (see JSON IPC), but you can't get replies or events.  Use
              --input-ipc-server  for  something bi-directional. On MS Windows, JSON commands are
              not available.

              This can also specify a direct file descriptor with fd://N (UNIX  only).   In  this
              case, JSON replies will be written if the FD is writable.

                 When  the  given  file is a FIFO mpv opens both ends, so you can do several echo
                 "seek 10" > mp_pipe and the pipe will stay valid.

       --input-terminal, --no-input-terminal
              --no-input-terminal prevents the player  from  reading  key  events  from  standard
              input.  Useful when reading data from standard input. This is automatically enabled
              when - is found on the command line. There are situations where you have to set  it
              manually, e.g. if you open /dev/stdin (or the equivalent on your system), use stdin
              in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via the  loadfile  or  loadlist
              input commands.

              Enable the IPC support and create the listening socket at the given path.

              On  Linux  and Unix, the given path is a regular filesystem path. On Windows, named
              pipes are used, so the path refers to the pipe namespace (\\.\pipe\<name>). If  the
              \\.\pipe\  prefix  is  missing,  mpv  will add it automatically before creating the
              pipe,             so             --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpv-socket             and
              --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\tmp\mpv-socket are equivalent for IPC on Windows.

              See JSON IPC for details.

              (OS  X  only)  Enable/disable  Apple Remote support. Enabled by default (except for

       --input-cursor, --no-input-cursor
              Permit mpv to receive pointer events reported by the video output driver. Necessary
              to  use  the OSC, or to select the buttons in DVD menus.  Support depends on the VO
              in use.

              (OS X only) Enable/disable media keys  support.  Enabled  by  default  (except  for

       --input-right-alt-gr, --no-input-right-alt-gr
              (Cocoa  and  Windows  only)  Use  the  right  Alt  key as Alt Gr to produce special
              characters. If disabled, count the right Alt as an Alt  modifier  key.  Enabled  by

              Disable  all  keyboard  input on for VOs which can't participate in proper keyboard
              input dispatching. May not affect all VOs. Generally useful for embedding only.

              On X11, a sub-window with input enabled grabs all keyboard input as long as  it  is
              1.  a  child  of a focused window, and 2. the mouse is inside of the sub-window. It
              can steal away all keyboard input from the application embedding  the  mpv  window,
              and on the other hand, the mpv window will receive no input if the mouse is outside
              of the mpv window, even though mpv has focus.  Modern  toolkits  work  around  this
              weird X11 behavior, but naively embedding foreign windows breaks it.

              The  only  way  to  handle  this reasonably is using the XEmbed protocol, which was
              designed to solve these problems. GTK provides GtkSocket, which supports XEmbed. Qt
              doesn't seem to provide anything working in newer versions.

              If  the  embedder supports XEmbed, input should work with default settings and with
              this option disabled. Note that input-default-bindings is disabled  by  default  in
              libmpv as well - it should be enabled if you want the mpv default key bindings.

              (This option was renamed from --input-x11-keyboard.)

       --osc, --no-osc
              Whether to load the on-screen-controller (default: yes).

       --no-osd-bar, --osd-bar
              Disable  display  of the OSD bar. This will make some things (like seeking) use OSD
              text messages instead of the bar.

              You can configure this on a per-command basis in input.conf  using  osd-  prefixes,
              see  Input  command  prefixes.  If  you  want  to  disable  the OSD completely, use

              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

              Specify font to use for OSD. The default is sans-serif.


                 · --osd-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'

                 · --osd-font='Comic Sans MS'

              Specify the OSD font size. See --sub-font-size for details.

              Default: 55.

              Show this string as message on OSD with OSD level  1  (visible  by  default).   The
              message will be visible by default, and as long no other message covers it, and the
              OSD level isn't  changed  (see  --osd-level).   Expands  properties;  see  Property

              Similar  as  --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 2. If this is an empty string (default),
              then the playback time is shown.

              Similar as --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 3. If this is an empty  string  (default),
              then the playback time, duration, and some more information is shown.

              This  is  also  used  for the show-progress command (by default mapped to P), or in
              some non-default cases when seeking.

              --osd-status-msg is a legacy equivalent (but with a minor difference).

              Show a custom string during playback instead of the  standard  status  text.   This
              overrides  the  status  text  used  for --osd-level=3, when using the show-progress
              command (by default mapped to P),  or  in  some  non-default  cases  when  seeking.
              Expands properties. See Property Expansion.

              This  option  has  been  replaced with --osd-msg3. The only difference is that this
              option implicitly includes ${osd-sym-cc}. This option is ignored if  --osd-msg3  is
              not empty.

              Show  a message on OSD when playback starts. The string is expanded for properties,
              e.g. --osd-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will show the message file: followed  by
              a space and the currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is far left, 0 is centered, 1 is far right.  Fractional
              values (like 0.5) are allowed.

              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is top, 0 is centered, 1 is bottom.  Fractional  values
              (like 0.5) are allowed.

              Width  of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen width (default: 75).  A value of
              50 means the bar is half the screen wide.

              Height of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen height (default: 3.125).

              See --osd-color. Color used for OSD text background.

              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

              Format text on bold.

              Format text on italic.

              See --osd-color. Color used for the OSD font border.

                 ignored when --osd-back-color is specified (or more exactly: when that option is
                 not set to completely transparent).

              Size  of  the OSD font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). A
              value of 0 disables borders.

              Default: 3.

              Specify the color used for OSD.  See --sub-color for details.

              Show OSD times with fractions of seconds (in millisecond precision). Useful to  see
              the exact timestamp of a video frame.

              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.

              0      OSD completely disabled (subtitles only)

              1      enabled (shows up only on user interaction)

              2      enabled + current time visible by default

              3      enabled + --osd-status-msg (current time and status by default)

              Left  and right screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the distance of the OSD to the left,  as  well  as  at  which
              distance from the right border long OSD text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

              Top  and bottom screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for

              This option specifies the vertical margins of the OSD.

              Default: 22.

              Control to which corner of the screen OSD should be aligned to (default: left).

              Vertical position (default: top).  Details see --osd-align-x.

              OSD font size multiplier, multiplied with --osd-font-size value.

              Whether to scale the OSD with the window size (default: yes). If this is  disabled,
              --osd-font-size  and  other OSD options that use scaled pixels are always in actual
              pixels. The effect is that changing the window size won't change the OSD font size.

              See --sub-color. Color used for OSD shadow.

              Displacement of the OSD shadow in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for  details).
              A value of 0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

              Horizontal OSD/sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).
              This value is added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

              Enabled OSD rendering on the video window (default:  yes).  This  can  be  used  in
              situations  where  terminal  OSD  is preferred. If you just want to disable all OSD
              rendering, use --osd-level=0.

              It does not affect subtitles or overlays created by scripts (in particular, the OSC
              needs to be disabled with --no-osc).

              This  option is somewhat experimental and could be replaced by another mechanism in
              the future.

              Set the image file type used for saving screenshots.

              Available choices:

              png    PNG

              jpg    JPEG (default)

              jpeg   JPEG (alias for jpg)

              Tag screenshots with the appropriate colorspace.

              Note that not all formats are supported.

              Default: no.

              If possible, write screenshots with  a  bit  depth  similar  to  the  source  video
              (default:  yes).  This  is  interesting  in  particular  for PNG, as this sometimes
              triggers writing 16 bit PNGs with huge file sizes.

              Specify the filename template used to save screenshots. The template specifies  the
              filename  without  file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be
              substituted when taking a screenshot.  By  default,  the  template  is  mpv-shot%n,
              which results in filenames like mpv-shot0012.png for example.

              The  template  can  start  with  a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a
              directory location where screenshots should be saved.

              If the final screenshot filename points to an already existing file, the file  will
              not  be  overwritten.  The  screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template
              contains %n, saved using different, newly generated filename.

              Allowed format specifiers:

                     A sequence number, padded  with  zeros  to  length  X  (default:  04).  E.g.
                     passing  the format %04n will yield 0012 on the 12th screenshot.  The number
                     is incremented every time a screenshot is  taken  or  if  the  file  already
                     exists. The length X must be in the range 0-9. With the optional # sign, mpv
                     will use the lowest  available  number.  For  example,  if  you  take  three
                     screenshots--0001,  0002,  0003--and  delete  the  first  two,  the next two
                     screenshots will not be 0004 and 0005, but 0001 and 0002 again.

              %f     Filename of the currently played video.

              %F     Same as %f, but strip the file extension, including the dot.

              %x     Directory path of the currently played video. If the video  is  not  on  the
                     filesystem (but e.g. http://), this expand to an empty string.

                     Same  as  %x,  but  if  the  video file is not on the filesystem, return the
                     fallback string inside the {...}.

              %p     Current playback time, in the same format as used in the OSD. The result  is
                     a  string  of  the form "HH:MM:SS". For example, if the video is at the time
                     position 5 minutes and 34 seconds, %p will be replaced with "00:05:34".

              %P     Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds.   It  is
                     formatted  as  "HH:MM:SS.mmm",  with "mmm" being the millisecond part of the
                     playback time.

                        This is a simple way for  getting  unique  per-frame  timestamps.  (Frame
                        numbers would be more intuitive, but are not easily implementable because
                        container formats usually use time stamps for identifying frames.)

              %wX    Specify the current playback time using the format string  X.   %p  is  like
                     %wH:%wM:%wS, and %P is like %wH:%wM:%wS.%wT.

                     Valid format specifiers:

                            %wH    hour (padded with 0 to two digits)

                            %wh    hour (not padded)

                            %wM    minutes (00-59)

                            %wm    total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)

                            %wS    seconds (00-59)

                            %ws    total seconds (includes hours and minutes)

                            %wf    like %ws, but as float

                            %wT    milliseconds (000-999)

              %tX    Specify  the  current  local  date/time  using  the  format  X.  This format
                     specifier uses the UNIX strftime()  function  internally,  and  inserts  the
                     result  of passing "%X" to strftime. For example, %tm will insert the number
                     of the current month as number. You have to use multiple %tX  specifiers  to
                     build a full date/time string.

              %{prop[:fallback text]}
                     Insert  the value of the input property 'prop'. E.g. %{filename} is the same
                     as %f. If the property does not exist or is not available, an error text  is
                     inserted, unless a fallback is specified.

              %%     Replaced with the % character itself.

              Store  screenshots  in  this  directory.  This  path  is  joined  with the filename
              generated by --screenshot-template. If the template filename is  already  absolute,
              the directory is ignored.

              If  the  directory  does not exist, it is created on the first screenshot. If it is
              not a directory, an error is generated when trying to write a screenshot.

              This option is not set by default, and thus will write screenshots to the directory
              from  which  mpv was started. In pseudo-gui mode (see PSEUDO GUI MODE), this is set
              to the desktop.

              Set the JPEG quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 90.

              Write JPEG files with the same chroma subsampling as the video (default:  yes).  If
              disabled, the libjpeg default is used.

              Set  the  PNG  compression level. Higher means better compression. This will affect
              the file size of the written screenshot file and the  time  it  takes  to  write  a
              screenshot.  Too  high  compression  might  occupy  enough  CPU  time  to interrupt
              playback. The default is 7.

              Set the filter applied prior to PNG compression. 0 is none, 1 is "sub", 2 is  "up",
              3  is  "average",  4  is  "Paeth",  and  5  is  "mixed".  This affects the level of
              compression that can be achieved.  For  most  images,  "mixed"  achieves  the  best
              compression ratio, hence it is the default.

   Software Scaler
              Specify the software scaler algorithm to be used with --vf=scale. This also affects
              video  output  drivers  which  lack  hardware  acceleration,  e.g.  x11.  See  also

              To get a list of available scalers, run --sws-scaler=help.

              Default: bicubic.

              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler sharpen filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler sharpen filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler chroma horizontal shifting. See --sws-scaler.

              Software scaler chroma vertical shifting. See --sws-scaler.

              Make console output less verbose; in particular, prevents the status line (i.e. AV:
              3.4 (00:00:03.37) / 5320.6 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly useful on  slow
              terminals or broken ones which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

              See also: --really-quiet and --msg-level.

              Display even less output and status messages than with --quiet.

       --no-terminal, --terminal
              Disable  any  use of the terminal and stdin/stdout/stderr. This completely silences
              any message output.

              Unlike --really-quiet, this disables input and terminal initialization as well.

              Disable colorful console output on terminals.

              Control verbosity directly for each module. The all module changes the verbosity of
              all the modules not explicitly specified on the command line.

              Run mpv with --msg-level=all=trace to see all messages mpv outputs. You can use the
              module names printed in the output (prefixed to each line in [...])  to  limit  the
              output to interesting modules.

                 Some  messages  are  printed before the command line is parsed and are therefore
                 not affected by --msg-level. To control these messages,  you  have  to  use  the
                 MPV_VERBOSE environment variable; see ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES for details.

              Available levels:

                 no     complete silence

                 fatal  fatal messages only

                 error  error messages

                 warn   warning messages

                 info   informational messages

                 status status messages (default)

                 v      verbose messages

                 debug  debug messages

                 trace  very noisy debug messages


                     mpv --msg-level=ao/sndio=no

                 Completely   silences  the  output  of  ao_sndio,  which  uses  the  log  prefix

                     mpv --msg-level=all=warn,ao/alsa=error

                 Only show warnings or worse, and let the ao_alsa output show errors only.

              Control whether OSD messages are shown on the  console  when  no  video  output  is
              available (default: auto).

              auto   use terminal OSD if no video output active

              no     disable terminal OSD

              force  use terminal OSD even if video output active

              The auto mode also enables terminal OSD if --video-osd=no was set.

       --term-osd-bar, --no-term-osd-bar
              Enable printing a progress bar under the status line on the terminal.  (Disabled by

              Customize the --term-osd-bar feature. The  string  is  expected  to  consist  of  5
              characters  (start,  left space, position indicator, right space, end). You can use
              Unicode characters, but note that double- width  characters  will  not  be  treated

              Default: [-+-].

              Print  out a string after starting playback. The string is expanded for properties,
              e.g. --term-playing-msg='file: ${filename}' will print the string file: followed by
              a space and the currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

              Print  out  a  custom  string  during playback instead of the standard status line.
              Expands properties. See Property Expansion.

              Prepend module name to each console message.

              Prepend timing information to each console message.

              These options tune various properties of the TV capture  module.  For  watching  TV
              with  mpv,  use  tv://  or  tv://<channel_number>  or even tv://<channel_name> (see
              option tv-channels for channel_name below)  as  a  media  URL.  You  can  also  use
              tv:///<input_id>  to  start watching a video from a composite or S-Video input (see
              option input for details).

              Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).

              Set tuner to <value> channel.

              no sound

       --tv-automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
              If signal strength reported by device is less than this value, audio and video will
              be  muted.  In  most  cases  automute=100  will  be enough.  Default is 0 (automute

              See --tv=driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input drivers.  available: dummy,
              v4l2 (default: autodetect)

              Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs).

              Specify  the  frequency to set the tuner to (e.g. 511.250). Not compatible with the
              channels parameter.

              Specify the output format of the tuner with a preset value  supported  by  the  V4L
              driver (YV12, UYVY, YUY2, I420) or an arbitrary format given as hex value.

              output window width

              output window height

              framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

              maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)

              See the console output for a list of all available norms.

              See also: --tv-normid.

       --tv-normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
              Sets  the TV norm to the given numeric ID. The TV norm depends on the capture card.
              See the console output for a list of available TV norms.

              available: argentina, australia,  china-bcast,  europe-east,  europe-west,  france,
              ireland,   italy,   japan-bcast,   japan-cable,  newzealand,  russia,  southafrica,
              us-bcast, us-cable, us-cable-hrc

              Set names for channels.

                 If <chan> is an integer greater than 1000, it will be treated as  frequency  (in
                 kHz)  rather  than channel name from frequency table.  Use _ for spaces in names
                 (or play with quoting ;-) ). The channel names will then be written  using  OSD,
                 and  the input commands tv_step_channel, tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will
                 be usable for a remote control. Not compatible with the frequency parameter.

                 The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels'  list,  beginning
                 with 1.


                        tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1

              Set the image equalizer on the card.

              Set input audio sample rate.

              Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l.

              Capture from ALSA.

              Choose an audio mode:

              0      mono

              1      stereo

              2      language 1

              3      language 2

              By  default,  the  count  of recorded audio channels is determined automatically by
              querying the audio mode from the TV card. This option  allows  forcing  stereo/mono
              recording  regardless  of the amode option and the values returned by v4l. This can
              be used for troubleshooting when the TV card is unable to report the current  audio

              Set an audio device. <value> should be /dev/xxx for OSS and a hardware ID for ALSA.
              You must replace any ':' by a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

              Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one.

              These options set parameters of the mixer on the video  capture  card.   They  will
              have  no  effect,  if  your card does not have one. For v4l2 50 maps to the default
              value of the control, as reported by the driver.

              Set gain control for video devices (usually  webcams)  to  the  desired  value  and
              switch  off  automatic  control.  A  value  of 0 enables automatic control. If this
              option is omitted, gain control will not be modified.

              A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio  and  video  together.  A  value  of  1
              (default)  means  to  do video capture only and let the audio go through a loopback
              cable from the TV card to the sound card.

              Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it). When using  this  option,
              you  do  not need to specify the width and height of the output window, because mpv
              will determine it automatically from the decimation value (see below).

              choose the  size  of  the  picture  that  will  be  compressed  by  hardware  MJPEG

              1      full size

                     · 704x576 PAL

                     · 704x480 NTSC

              2      medium size

                     · 352x288 PAL

                     · 352x240 NTSC

              4      small size

                     · 176x144 PAL

                     · 176x120 NTSC

              Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended for full size).

              Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled).

              Specify  delay  in  seconds  before switching to next channel (default: 0.5). Lower
              values will cause faster scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

              Threshold value for the signal strength (in percent), as  reported  by  the  device
              (default:  50).  A  signal  strength  higher than this value will indicate that the
              currently scanning channel is active.

              Set the size of the cache in kilobytes, disable it with no, or automatically enable
              it  if  needed  with  auto  (default:  auto).  With auto, the cache will usually be
              enabled for network streams, using the size set by --cache-default. With  yes,  the
              cache  will  always  be  enabled  with  the size set by --cache-default (unless the
              stream cannot be cached, or --cache-default disables caching).

              May be useful when playing files from  slow  media,  but  can  also  have  negative
              effects, especially with file formats that require a lot of seeking, such as MP4.

              Note that half the cache size will be used to allow fast seeking back. This is also
              the reason why a full cache is usually not reported as 100% full.  The  cache  fill
              display  does  not  include  the  part  of the cache reserved for seeking back. The
              actual  maximum  percentage  will  usually  be  the  ratio  between  readahead  and
              backbuffer sizes.

              Set  the  size  of  the  cache  in kilobytes (default: 75000 KB). Using no will not
              automatically enable the cache e.g. when playing from a network stream.  Note  that
              using --cache will always override this option.

              Playback  will  start when the cache has been filled up with this many kilobytes of
              data (default: 0).

              If a seek is to be made to a position within <kBytes> of the cache  size  from  the
              current  position, mpv will wait for the cache to be filled to this position rather
              than performing a stream seek (default: 500).

              This matters for small forward seeks. With slow streams (especially  HTTP  streams)
              there  is  a  tradeoff  between skipping the data between current position and seek
              destination, or performing an actual seek. Depending on the  situation,  either  of
              these might be slower than the other method.  This option allows control over this.

              Size of the cache back buffer (default: 75000 KB). This will add to the total cache
              size, and reserved the amount for seeking back. The reserved  amount  will  not  be
              used  for readahead, and instead preserves already read data to enable fast seeking

              Create a cache file on the filesystem.

              There are two ways of using this:

              1. Passing a path (a filename). The file  will  always  be  overwritten.  When  the
                 general cache is enabled, this file cache will be used to store whatever is read
                 from the source stream.

                 This will always overwrite the cache file, and you can't use an  existing  cache
                 file  to resume playback of a stream. (Technically, mpv wouldn't even know which
                 blocks in the file are valid and which not.)

                 The resulting file will not necessarily contain all data of the  source  stream.
                 For  example,  if  you seek, the parts that were skipped over are never read and
                 consequently are not written to the cache. The skipped  over  parts  are  filled
                 with  zeros.  This means that the cache file doesn't necessarily correspond to a
                 full download of the source stream.

                 Both of these issues could be improved if there is any user interest.

                    Causes  random  corruption  when  used  with   ordered   chapters   or   with

              2. Passing  the  string TMP. This will not be interpreted as filename.  Instead, an
                 invisible temporary file is created. It depends on your  C  library  where  this
                 file  is created (usually /tmp/), and whether filename is visible (the tmpfile()
                 function is used). On some systems, automatic deletion of the cache  file  might
                 not be guaranteed.

                 If  you  want  to use a file cache, this mode is recommended, because it doesn't
                 break ordered chapters or --audio-file. These modes open multiple cache streams,
                 and using the same file for them obviously clashes.

              See also: --cache-file-size.

              Maximum  size  of  the file created with --cache-file. For read accesses above this
              size, the cache is simply not used.

              Keep in mind that some use-cases, like playing ordered chapters with cache enabled,
              will  actually  create multiple cache files, each of which will use up to this much
              disk space.

              (Default: 1048576, 1 GB.)

              Turn off input stream caching. See --cache.

              How many seconds of audio/video to prefetch if the cache is active. This  overrides
              the  --demuxer-readahead-secs  option  if  and only if the cache is enabled and the
              value is larger. (Default: 10.)

       --cache-pause, --no-cache-pause
              Whether the player should automatically pause when the cache runs low, and  unpause
              once more data is available ("buffering").

              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       --cookies, --no-cookies
              Support cookies when making HTTP requests. Disabled by default.

              Read HTTP cookies from <filename>. The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.


                     mpv --http-header-fields='Field1: value1','Field2: value2' \

                 Will generate HTTP request:

                     GET / HTTP/1.0
                     Host: localhost:1234
                     User-Agent: MPlayer
                     Icy-MetaData: 1
                     Field1: value1
                     Field2: value2
                     Connection: close

              Certificate  authority  database  file for use with TLS. (Silently fails with older
              FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

              Verify peer certificates when using TLS (e.g. with https://...).   (Silently  fails
              with older FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

              A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the peer.

              A file containing the private key for the certificate.

              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

              Specify  the  network  timeout  in seconds. This affects at least HTTP. The special
              value 0 (default) uses the FFmpeg/Libav defaults. If a protocol is used which  does
              not support timeouts, this option is silently ignored.

              Select  RTSP  transport  method (default: tcp). This selects the underlying network
              transport when playing rtsp://... URLs. The  value  lavf  leaves  the  decision  to

              If  HLS  streams  are  played,  this  option  controls what streams are selected by
              default. The option allows the following parameters:

              no     Don't do anything special.  Typically,  this  will  simply  pick  the  first
                     audio/video streams it can find.

              min    Pick the streams with the lowest bitrate.

              max    Same, but highest bitrate. (Default.)

              Additionally,  if the option is a number, the stream with the highest rate equal or
              below the option value is selected.

              The bitrate as used is sent by the server, and there's no guarantee  it's  actually

              Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).

              Instructs  mpv to read the channels list from <filename>. The default is in the mpv
              configuration    directory    (usually    ~/.config/mpv)    with    the    filename
              channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc}  (based  on  your card type) or channels.conf as a
              last resort.  For DVB-S/2 cards, a VDR 1.7.x format channel list is recommended  as
              it allows tuning to DVB-S2 channels, enabling subtitles and decoding the PMT (which
              largely improves the demuxing).  Classic mplayer format  channel  lists  are  still
              supported  (without these improvements), and for other card types, only limited VDR
              format channel list support is implemented (patches welcome).   For  channels  with
              dynamic  PID switching or incomplete channels.conf, --dvbin-full-transponder or the
              magic PID 8192 are recommended.

              Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a frequency before giving  up
              (default: 30).

              Apply  no filters on program PIDs, only tune to frequency and pass full transponder
              to demuxer.  The player frontend selects the streams from the full TS in this case,
              so  the  program  which  is  shown  initially  may  not  match  the chosen channel.
              Switching between the programs is possible by cycling the program  property.   This
              is  useful  to  record multiple programs on a single transponder, or to work around
              issues in the channels.conf.  It is also recommended to use this for channels which
              switch PIDs on-the-fly, e.g. for regional news.

              Default: no

   ALSA audio output options
              Deprecated, use --audio-device (requires alsa/ prefix).

              Enable  ALSA  resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because some drivers
              report incorrect audio delay in some cases.)

              Set the mixer device used with ao-volume (default: default).

              Set the name of the mixer element (default: Master). This is  for  example  PCM  or

              Set  the  index  of  the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of "amixer
              scontrols", then the index is the number that follows the name of the element.

              Allow output of non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder  uses  this  format).
              Currently disabled by default, because some popular ALSA plugins are utterly broken
              with non-interleaved formats.

              Don't read or set the channel map of the ALSA device - only  request  the  required
              number  of  channels,  and then pass the audio as-is to it. This option most likely
              should not be used. It can be useful for debugging, or for  static  setups  with  a
              specially  engineered  ALSA configuration (in this case you should always force the
              same layout with --audio-channels, or it will work only for  files  which  use  the
              layout implicit to your ALSA device).

   OpenGL renderer options
       The  following  video options are currently all specific to --vo=opengl and --vo=opengl-cb
       only, which are the only VOs that implement them.

              The filter function to use when upscaling video.

                     Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality). This is the
                     default for compatibility reasons.

                     Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using opengl-hq.

                     Lanczos  scaling.  Provides  mid  quality  and  speed.  Generally worse than
                     spline36, but it results in a slightly sharper image which is good for  some
                     content  types.  The number of taps can be controlled with scale-radius, but
                     is best left unchanged.

                     (This filter is an alias for sinc-windowed sinc)

                     Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as  Jinc.   Relatively
                     slow, but very good quality. The radius can be controlled with scale-radius.
                     Increasing the radius makes the filter sharper but adds more ringing.

                     (This filter is an alias for jinc-windowed jinc)

                     A slightly sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured to use  an  ideal
                     radius and parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is probably what you
                     should use by default.

                     Mitchell-Netravali. The B and C parameters can be  set  with  --scale-param1
                     and --scale-param2. This filter is very good at downscaling (see --dscale).

                     A  version  of  nearest neighbour that (naively) oversamples pixels, so that
                     pixels overlapping edges get linearly interpolated instead of rounded.  This
                     essentially  removes  the small imperfections and judder artifacts caused by
                     nearest-neighbour interpolation, in exchange  for  adding  some  blur.  This
                     filter  is  good at temporal interpolation, and also known as "smoothmotion"
                     (see --tscale).

              linear A --tscale filter.

              There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete list,  pass
              help as value, e.g.:

                 mpv --scale=help

              As  --scale,  but  for  interpolating  chroma  information.  If  the  image  is not
              subsampled, this option is ignored entirely.

              Like --scale, but apply these filters on downscaling instead.  If  this  option  is
              unset, the filter implied by --scale will be applied.

              The  filter used for interpolating the temporal axis (frames). This is only used if
              --interpolation is enabled. The only  valid  choices  for  --tscale  are  separable
              convolution filters (use --tscale=help to get a list). The default is mitchell.

              Note that the maximum supported filter radius is currently 3, due to limitations in
              the number of video textures that can be loaded simultaneously.

       --scale-param1=<value>,          --scale-param2=<value>,          --cscale-param1=<value>,
       --cscale-param2=<value>,         --dscale-param1=<value>,         --dscale-param2=<value>,
       --tscale-param1=<value>, --tscale-param2=<value>
              Set filter parameters. Ignored if  the  filter  is  not  tunable.  Currently,  this
              affects the following filter parameters:

                     Spline parameters (B and C). Defaults to 0.5 for both.

                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the result blurrier.  Defaults to

                     Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting this to  0
                     will  always  interpolate  edges,  whereas  setting  it  to  0.5  will never
                     interpolate, thus behaving as if the regular nearest neighbour algorithm was
                     used. Defaults to 0.0.

       --scale-blur=<value>,             --scale-wblur=<value>,            --cscale-blur=<value>,
       --cscale-wblur=<value>,           --dscale-blur=<value>,           --dscale-wblur=<value>,
       --tscale-blur=<value>, --tscale-wblur=<value>
              Kernel/window  scaling  factor (also known as a blur factor). Decreasing this makes
              the result sharper, increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0). If set to  0,  the
              kernel's  preferred  blur  factor is used. Note that setting this too low (eg. 0.5)
              leads to bad results. It's generally recommended to stick to values between 0.8 and

       --scale-clamp=<0.0-1.0>, --cscale-clamp, --dscale-clamp, --tscale-clamp
              Specifies  a  weight  bias  to  multiply  into  negative  coefficients.  Specifying
              --scale-clamp=1 has the  effect  of  removing  negative  weights  completely,  thus
              effectively  clamping  the  value range to [0-1]. Values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be
              specified to apply only a  moderate  diminishment  of  negative  weights.  This  is
              especially useful for --tscale, where it reduces excessive ringing artifacts in the
              temporal domain (which typically manifest themselves as short flashes or fringes of
              black,  mostly  around  moving edges) in exchange for potentially adding more blur.
              The default for --tscale-clamp is 1.0, the others default to 0.0.

       --scale-cutoff=<value>, --cscale-cutoff=<value>, --dscale-cutoff=<value>
              Cut off the filter kernel  prematurely  once  the  value  range  drops  below  this
              threshold.  Doing  so  allows  more aggressive pruning of skippable coefficients by
              disregarding parts of the LUT which  are  effectively  zeroed  out  by  the  window
              function. Only affects polar (EWA) filters. The default is 0.001 for each, which is
              perceptually transparent but provides a 10%-20% speedup,  depending  on  the  exact
              radius and filter kernel chosen.

       --scale-taper=<value>,           --scale-wtaper=<value>,           --dscale-taper=<value>,
       --dscale-wtaper=<value>,         --cscale-taper=<value>,          --cscale-wtaper=<value>,
       --tscale-taper=<value>, --tscale-wtaper=<value>
              Kernel/window  taper  factor.  Increasing this flattens the filter function.  Value
              range is 0 to 1. A value of 0 (the default) means no flattening, a value of 1 makes
              the  filter completely flat (equivalent to a box function).  Values in between mean
              that some portion will be flat and the actual filter function will be squeezed into
              the space in between.

       --scale-radius=<value>,          --cscale-radius=<value>,         --dscale-radius=<value>,
              Set radius for tunable filters, must be  a  float  number  between  0.5  and  16.0.
              Defaults  to the filter's preferred radius if not specified. Doesn't work for every
              scaler and VO combination.

              Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling  ratio,  the
              radius  that  actually being used might be different (most likely being increased a

       --scale-antiring=<value>,      --cscale-antiring=<value>,       --dscale-antiring=<value>,
              Set  the  antiringing  strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can introduce
              other artifacts in the process. Must be a float number between  0.0  and  1.0.  The
              default value of 0.0 disables antiringing entirely.

              Note  that  this  doesn't affect the special filters bilinear and bicubic_fast, nor
              does it affect any polar (EWA) scalers.

       --scale-window=<window>,        --cscale-window=<window>,        --dscale-window=<window>,
              (Advanced  users only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel.  Defaults
              to the filter's preferred window if unset. Use --scale-window=help to get a list of
              supported windowing functions.

       --scale-wparam=<window>,        --cscale-wparam=<window>,        --cscale-wparam=<window>,
              (Advanced users only) Configure the parameter for  the  window  function  given  by
              --scale-window  etc.  Ignored if the window is not tunable. Currently, this affects
              the following window parameters:

              kaiser Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33.

                     Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16.

                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider. Defaults to 1.

              Set the size of the lookup texture for scaler kernels (default: 6). The actual size
              of  the  texture  is  2^N  for an option value of N. So the lookup texture with the
              default setting uses 64 samples.

              All weights are linearly interpolated from those samples, so increasing the size of
              lookup table might improve the accuracy of scaler.

              Disable  the  scaler  if  the video image is not resized. In that case, bilinear is
              used instead of whatever is set with --scale. Bilinear will  reproduce  the  source
              image  perfectly  if  no  scaling is performed.  Enabled by default. Note that this
              option never affects --cscale.

              Scale in linear light. It should only be used with a --opengl-fbo-format  that  has
              at least 16 bit precision.

              When  using  convolution  based  filters,  extend the filter size when downscaling.
              Increases quality, but reduces performance while downscaling.

              This will perform slightly sub-optimally for anamorphic  video  (but  still  better
              than  without  it)  since  it  will extend the size to match only the milder of the
              scale factors between the axes.

              Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in the video fps and  display  refresh  rate
              (also known as judder).

                 This  requires  setting the --video-sync option to one of the display- modes, or
                 it will be silently disabled.  This was not required before mpv 0.14.0.

              This essentially attempts to interpolate the  missing  frames  by  convoluting  the
              video along the temporal axis. The filter used can be controlled using the --tscale

              Note that this  relies  on  vsync  to  work,  see  --opengl-swapinterval  for  more

              Threshold  below  which  frame ratio interpolation gets disabled (default: 0.0001).
              This is calculated  as  abs(disphz/vfps  -  1)  <  threshold,  where  vfps  is  the
              speed-adjusted  video FPS, and disphz the display refresh rate. (The speed-adjusted
              video FPS is roughly equal to the normal video FPS, but with slowdown  and  speedup
              applied.  This  matters  if you use --video-sync=display-resample to make video run
              synchronously to the display FPS, or if you change the speed property.)

              The default is intended to almost always enable interpolation if the playback  rate
              is  even slightly different from the display refresh rate. But note that if you use
              e.g.  --video-sync=display-vdrop,  small  deviations  in  the  rate   can   disable
              interpolation and introduce a discontinuity every other minute.

              Set this to -1 to disable this logic.

              Enable  use  of  PBOs. On some drivers this can be faster, especially if the source
              video size is huge (e.g. so called "4K" video). On other drivers it might be slower
              or cause latency issues.

              Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.

              no     Disable any dithering done by mpv.

              auto   Automatic  selection.  If  output  bit  depth cannot be detected, 8 bits per
                     component are assumed.

              8      Dither to 8 bit output.

              Note that the depth of the connected  video  display  device  cannot  be  detected.
              Often,  LCD panels will do dithering on their own, which conflicts with this option
              and leads to ugly output.

              Set the size of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of  the  matrix  is
              (2^N)  x (2^N) for an option value of N, so a value of 6 gives a size of 64x64. The
              matrix is generated at startup time, and a large matrix can  take  rather  long  to
              compute (seconds).

              Used in --dither=fruit mode only.

              Select  dithering  algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the --dither-depth option
              controls whether dithering is enabled.)

              Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in  general.)  This
              changes  between  8  different  dithering  patterns  on  each frame by changing the
              orientation of the tiled dithering matrix. Unfortunately, this can lead to  flicker
              on LCD displays, since these have a high reaction time.

              Determines  how often the dithering pattern is updated when --temporal-dither is in
              use. 1 (the default) will update on every video frame, 2 on every other frame, etc.

              Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call  glGetError().  Also,  request  a  debug  OpenGL
              context (which does nothing with current graphics drivers as of this writing).

              Interval  in  displayed  frames between two buffer swaps. 1 is equivalent to enable
              VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if not specified.

              Note that this depends on proper  OpenGL  vsync  support.  On  some  platforms  and
              drivers,  this  only  works  reliably  when in fullscreen mode. It may also require
              driver-specific hacks if using multiple monitors, to ensure mpv syncs to the  right
              one.  Compositing  window  managers can also lead to bad results, as can missing or
              incorrect display FPS information (see --display-fps).

              Custom GLSL hooks. These are a flexible way to add custom fragment  shaders,  which
              can  be  injected  at almost arbitrary points in the rendering pipeline, and access
              all previous intermediate textures. Each use of the option will add another file to
              the internal list of shaders (see List Options).


                        The syntax is not stable yet and may change any time.

              The general syntax of a user shader looks like this:

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...

                 vec4 hook() {
                    return something;

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...


              Each  block  of  metadata,  along  with  the non-metadata lines after it, defines a
              single pass. Each pass can set the following metadata:

              DESC <title>
                     User-friendly  description  of  the  pass.  This  is  the  name  used   when
                     representing this shader in the list of passes for property vo-passes.

              HOOK <name> (required)
                     The  texture  which to hook into. May occur multiple times within a metadata
                     block, up to a predetermined  limit.  See  below  for  a  list  of  hookable

              BIND <name>
                     Loads  a  texture  and makes it available to the pass, and sets up macros to
                     enable accessing it. See below for a list of  set  macros.  By  default,  no
                     textures  are  bound.  The  special  name HOOKED can be used to refer to the
                     texture that triggered this pass.

              SAVE <name>
                     Gives the name of the texture to save the  result  of  this  pass  into.  By
                     default,  this  is  set  to  the special name HOOKED which has the effect of
                     overwriting the hooked texture.

              WIDTH <szexpr>, HEIGHT <szexpr>
                     Specifies the size of the resulting texture for this pass. szexpr refers  to
                     an  expression in RPN (reverse polish notation), using the operators + - * /
                     > < !, floating point literals, and references to sizes of existing  texture
                     (such as MAIN.width or CHROMA.height), OUTPUT, or NATIVE_CROPPED (size of an
                     input texture cropped after  pan-and-scan,  video-align-x/y,  video-pan-x/y,
                     etc.  and  possibly  prescaled).  By  default, these are set to HOOKED.w and
                     HOOKED.h, espectively.

              WHEN <szexpr>
                     Specifies a condition that needs to be true (non-zero) for the shader  stage
                     to  be  evaluated.  If  it  fails, it will silently be omitted. (Note that a
                     shader stage like this which has a dependency on an optional hook point  can
                     still cause that hook point to be saved, which has some minor overhead)

              OFFSET ox oy
                     Indicates  a  pixel  shift  (offset)  introduced  by  this pass. These pixel
                     offsets will be accumulated and  corrected  during  the  next  scaling  pass
                     (cscale  or scale). The default values are 0 0 which correspond to no shift.
                     Note that offsets are ignored when not overwriting the hooked texture.

              COMPONENTS n
                     Specifies how many components of this pass's output are relevant and  should
                     be stored in the texture, up to 4 (rgba). By default, this value is equal to
                     the number of components in HOOKED.

              Each bound texture (via BIND) will make available the following definitions to that
              shader pass, where NAME is the name of the bound texture:

              vec4 NAME_tex(vec2 pos)
                     The  sampling  function  to  use to access the texture at a certain spot (in
                     texture coordinate space, range [0,1]). This takes  care  of  any  necessary
                     normalization conversions.

              vec4 NAME_texOff(vec2 offset)
                     Sample  the  texture at a certain offset in pixels. This works like NAME_tex
                     but additionally takes care of necessary rotations, so that sampling at e.g.
                     vec2(-1,0) is always one pixel to the left.

              vec2 NAME_pos
                     The local texture coordinate of that texture, range [0,1].

              vec2 NAME_size
                     The (rotated) size in pixels of the texture.

              mat2 NAME_rot
                     The  rotation  matrix  associated with this texture. (Rotates pixel space to
                     texture coordinates)

              vec2 NAME_pt
                     The (unrotated) size of a single pixel, range [0,1].

              float NAME_mul
                     The coefficient that needs to be multiplied into  the  texture  contents  in
                     order to normalize it to the range [0,1].

              sampler NAME_raw
                     The  raw  bound  texture  itself.  The  use of this should be avoided unless
                     absolutely necessary.

              Normally, users should use either NAME_tex or NAME_texOff to read from the texture.
              For  some  shaders however , it can be better for performance to do custom sampling
              from NAME_raw, in which case care  needs  to  be  taken  to  respect  NAME_mul  and

              In  addition  to  these  parameters,  the  following  uniforms  are  also  globally

              float random
                     A random number in the range [0-1], different per frame.

              int frame
                     A simple count of frames rendered, increases by  one  per  frame  and  never
                     resets (regardless of seeks).

              vec2 input_size
                     The size in pixels of the input image (possibly cropped and prescaled).

              vec2 target_size
                     The  size in pixels of the visible part of the scaled (and possibly cropped)

              vec2 tex_offset
                     Texture  offset  introduced  by  user  shaders  or  options  like   panscan,
                     video-align-x/y, video-pan-x/y.

              Internally,  vo_opengl may generate any number of the following textures.  Whenever
              a texture is rendered and saved by vo_opengl, all of the passes  that  have  hooked
              into  it  will run, in the order they were added by the user. This is a list of the
              legal hook points:

              RGB, LUMA, CHROMA, ALPHA, XYZ (resizable)
                     Source planes (raw). Which of these fire depends on the image format of  the

              CHROMA_SCALED, ALPHA_SCALED (fixed)
                     Source planes (upscaled). These only fire on subsampled content.

              NATIVE (resizable)
                     The combined image, in the source colorspace, before conversion to RGB.

              MAINPRESUB (resizable)
                     The  image,  after  conversion to RGB, but before --blend-subtitles=video is

              MAIN (resizable)
                     The main image, after conversion to RGB but before upscaling.

              LINEAR (fixed)
                     Linear light image, before scaling. This only fires when --linear-scaling is
                     in effect.

              SIGMOID (fixed)
                     Sigmoidized  light, before scaling. This only fires when --sigmoid-upscaling
                     is in effect.

              PREKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately before the scaler kernel runs.

              POSTKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately after the scaler kernel runs.

              SCALED (fixed)
                     The final upscaled image, before color management.

              OUTPUT (fixed)
                     The final output image, after color  management  but  before  dithering  and
                     drawing to screen.

              Only  the  textures  labelled  with  resizable may be transformed by the pass. When
              overwriting a texture marked fixed, the WIDTH, HEIGHT and OFFSET must  be  left  at
              their default values.

              CLI/config file only alias for --opengl-shaders-append.

              Enable the debanding algorithm. This greatly reduces the amount of visible banding,
              blocking and other quantization  artifacts,  at  the  expensive  of  very  slightly
              blurring  some  of  the  finest  details.  In  practice,  it's  virtually always an
              improvement - the only reason to disable it would be for performance.

              The number of debanding steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces a  bit  more
              banding,  but  takes time to compute. Note that the strength of each step falls off
              very quickly, so high numbers (>4) are practically useless.  (Default 1)

              The debanding filter's cut-off threshold. Higher  numbers  increase  the  debanding
              strength dramatically but progressively diminish image details.  (Default 64)

              The  debanding  filter's  initial  radius.  The  radius increases linearly for each
              iteration. A higher radius will find more gradients, but a lower radius will smooth
              more aggressively. (Default 16)

              If  you  increase  the  --deband-iterations,  you  should probably decrease this to

              Add some extra noise to the image. This  significantly  helps  cover  up  remaining
              quantization artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise. (Default 48)

              When  upscaling,  use  a  sigmoidal  color  transform  to avoid emphasizing ringing
              artifacts. This also implies --linear-scaling.

              The center of the sigmoid curve used  for  --sigmoid-upscaling,  must  be  a  float
              between 0.0 and 1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.

              The  slope  of  the  sigmoid  curve  used  for --sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float
              between 1.0 and 20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.

              If set to a value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter.  Positive  values
              will  sharpen  the  image (but add more ringing and aliasing). Negative values will
              blur the image. If your GPU is powerful  enough,  consider  alternatives  like  the
              ewa_lanczossharp scale filter, or the --scale-blur option.

              Call glFinish() before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled).  Slower, but
              might improve results when doing framedropping. Can  completely  ruin  performance.
              The details depend entirely on the OpenGL driver.

              Call  glXWaitVideoSyncSGI  after each buffer swap (default: disabled).  This may or
              may not help with video timing accuracy and frame drop.  It's  possible  that  this
              makes video output slower, or has no effect at all.

              X11/GLX only.

              Synchronize  the CPU to the Nth past frame using the GL_ARB_sync extension. A value
              of 0 disables this behavior (default). A value of 1 means it  will  synchronize  to
              the  current  frame  after  rendering it. Like --glfinish and --waitvsync, this can
              lower or ruin performance. Its advantage is that it can span multiple  frames,  and
              effectively  limit  the  number  of  frames the GPU queues ahead (which also has an
              influence on vsync).

              Calls DwmFlush after swapping buffers on Windows  (default:  auto).  It  also  sets
              SwapInterval(0)  to  ignore  the OpenGL timing. Values are: no (disabled), windowed
              (only in windowed mode), yes (also in full screen).

              The value auto will try to determine whether the compositor is  active,  and  calls
              DwmFlush only if it seems to be.

              This  may  help  to  get  more consistent frame intervals, especially with high-fps
              clips - which might also reduce dropped frames.  Typically,  a  value  of  windowed
              should be enough, since full screen may bypass the DWM.

              Windows only.

              Selects  a  specific  feature  level  when  using the ANGLE backend with D3D11.  By
              default, the highest available feature level is used. This option can  be  used  to
              select  a  lower  feature  level,  which is mainly useful for debugging.  Note that
              OpenGL ES 3.0 is only supported at feature level 10_1  or  higher.   Most  extended
              OpenGL   features   will   not   work   at   lower   feature   levels  (similar  to

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Use WARP (Windows Advanced Rasterization Platform) when  using  the  ANGLE  backend
              with  D3D11  (default:  auto).  This  is  a  high performance software renderer. By
              default, it is used when the Direct3D hardware does not support Direct3D 11 feature
              level 9_3. While the extended OpenGL features will work with WARP, they can be very

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Use ANGLE's built in EGL windowing functions  to  create  a  swap  chain  (default:
              auto). If this is set to no and the D3D11 renderer is in use, ANGLE's built in swap
              chain will not be used and  a  custom  swap  chain  that  is  optimized  for  video
              rendering will be created instead. If set to auto, a custom swap chain will be used
              for D3D11 and the built in swap chain will be used for D3D9. This option is  mainly
              for  debugging purposes, in case the custom swap chain has poor performance or does
              not work.

              If  set  to  yes,  the  --angle-max-frame-latency,   --angle-swapchain-length   and
              --angle-flip options will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Enable  flip-model  presentation, which avoids unnecessarily copying the backbuffer
              by sharing surfaces with the DWM (default: yes). This may cause performance  issues
              with  older  drivers.  If flip-model presentation is not supported (for example, on
              Windows 7 without the platform update), mpv will automatically  fall  back  to  the
              older bitblt presentation model.

              If set to no, the --angle-swapchain-length option will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Sets the maximum number of frames that the system is allowed to queue for rendering
              with the ANGLE backend (default: 3). Lower values should  make  VSync  timing  more
              accurate,  but  a  value of 1 requires powerful hardware, since the CPU will not be
              able to "render ahead" of the GPU.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Forces a specific renderer when using the ANGLE backend (default:  auto).  In  auto
              mode this will pick D3D11 for systems that support Direct3D 11 feature level 9_3 or
              higher, and D3D9 otherwise. This option is mainly for debugging purposes.  Normally
              there  is  no reason to force a specific renderer, though --angle-renderer=d3d9 may
              give slightly better performance on old hardware. Note that the D3D9 renderer  only
              supports  OpenGL  ES  2.0,  so  most extended OpenGL features will not work if this
              renderer is selected (similar to --opengl-dumb-mode).

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Sets the number of buffers in the D3D11 presentation queue  when  using  the  ANGLE
              backend  (default:  6).  At least 2 are required, since one is the back buffer that
              mpv renders to and the other is the front buffer that  is  presented  by  the  DWM.
              Additional  buffers can improve performance, because for example, mpv will not have
              to wait on the DWM to release the front buffer before rendering a new frame to  it.
              For this reason, Microsoft recommends at least 4.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

              Deactivates  the  automatic  graphics  switching  and  forces  the  dedicated  GPU.
              (default: no)

              OS X only.

              Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

              The value auto (the default) selects the windowing backend. You can also pass  help
              to get a complete list of compiled in backends (sorted by autoprobe order).

              auto   auto-select (default)

              cocoa  Cocoa/OS X

              win    Win32/WGL

              angle  Direct3D11  through  the  OpenGL  ES  translation layer ANGLE. This supports
                     almost everything the win backend does (if the ANGLE build is new enough).

              dxinterop (experimental)
                     Win32, using WGL for rendering and Direct3D 9Ex for presentation.  Works  on
                     Nvidia and AMD. Newer Intel chips with the latest drivers may also work.

              x11    X11/GLX

                     For  internal  autoprobing, equivalent to x11 otherwise. Don't use directly,
                     it could be removed without warning as autoprobing is changed.


              drm    DRM/EGL (drm-egl is a deprecated alias)

              x11egl X11/EGL

                     Direct fbdev/EGL support on some ARM/MALI devices.

                     Use vdpau presentation with GLX as backing. Experimental  use  only.   Using
                     this  will  have  no  advantage  (other  than additional bugs or performance
                     problems),  and  is  for  doing  experiments  only.   Will   not   be   used

              Select whether to use GLES:

              yes    Try to prefer ES over Desktop GL

              force2 Try to request a ES 2.0 context (the driver might ignore this)

              no     Try to prefer desktop GL over ES

              auto   Use the default for each backend (default)

              Selects  the  internal  format  of textures used for FBOs. The format can influence
              performance and quality of the video output.  fmt  can  be  one  of:  rgb8,  rgb10,
              rgb10_a2,  rgb16,  rgb16f, rgb32f, rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba32f. Default: auto,
              which maps to rgba16 on desktop GL, and rgba16f or rgb10_a2 on GLES  (e.g.  ANGLE),
              unless GL_EXT_texture_norm16 is available.

              Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways (like with the
              --gamma option or key bindings and the gamma property),  the  value  is  multiplied
              with the other gamma value.

              Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:

              1.0    Brightly illuminated (default)

              0.9    Slightly dim

              0.8    Pitch black room

              NOTE:  Typical  movie content (Blu-ray etc.) already contains a gamma drop of about
              0.8, so specifying it here as well will result in even darker image than intended!

              Automatically corrects the gamma value depending  on  ambient  lighting  conditions
              (adding a gamma boost for dark rooms).

              With  ambient  illuminance  of 64lux, mpv will pick the 1.0 gamma value (no boost),
              and slightly increase the boost up until 0.8 for 16lux.

              NOTE: Only implemented on OS X.

              Specifies the primaries of the display.  Video  colors  will  be  adapted  to  this
              colorspace when ICC color management is not being used. Valid values are:

              auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

                     ITU-R BT.470 M

                     ITU-R BT.601 (525-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M

                     ITU-R BT.601 (625-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU-R BT.470 B/G

              bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B

                     ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

              apple  Apple RGB

              adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                     CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ)

              dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema Colorspace), SMPTE RP431-2

                     Panasonic V-Gamut (VARICAM) primaries

                     Sony S-Gamut (S-Log) primaries

              Specifies the transfer characteristics (gamma) of the display. Video colors will be
              adjusted to this curve when ICC color management is not being used.   Valid  values

              auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

                     ITU-R BT.1886 curve (assuming infinite contrast)

              srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

              linear Linear light output

                     Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470-BG

                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

              pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve, aka SMPTE ST2084

              hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve, aka ARIB STD-B67

              v-log  Panasonic V-Log (VARICAM) curve

              s-log1 Sony S-Log1 curve

              s-log2 Sony S-Log2 curve

                 When  using  HDR  output  formats, mpv will encode to the specified curve but it
                 will not set any HDMI flags or other signalling that might be required  for  the
                 target   device   to   correctly  display  the  HDR  signal.   The  user  should
                 independently guarantee this before using these signal formats for display.

              Specifies the algorithm used for tone-mapping HDR images onto the  target  display.
              Valid values are:

              clip   Hard-clip  any  out-of-range  values.  Use  this when you care about perfect
                     color accuracy for in-range values at  the  cost  of  completely  distorting
                     out-of-range values. Not generally recommended.

              mobius Generalization  of  Reinhard  to  a  Möbius  transform  with linear section.
                     Smoothly maps out-of-range values while retaining contrast  and  colors  for
                     in-range  material  as  much as possible. Use this when you care about color
                     accuracy more than detail preservation. This is somewhere  in  between  clip
                     and reinhard, depending on the value of --tone-mapping-param. (default)

                     Reinhard  tone  mapping  algorithm. Very simple continuous curve.  Preserves
                     overall image brightness but  uses  nonlinear  contrast,  which  results  in
                     flattening of details and degradation in color accuracy.

              hable  Similar  to  reinhard  but  preserves  both  dark  and bright details better
                     (slightly  sigmoidal),  at  the  cost  of  slightly  darkening   everything.
                     Developed by John Hable for use in video games. Use this when you care about
                     detail preservation more than color/brightness  accuracy.  This  is  roughly
                     equivalent to --hdr-tone-mapping=reinhard --tone-mapping-param=0.24.

              gamma  Fits a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves.

              linear Linearly  stretches the entire reference gamut to (a linear multiple of) the

              Set tone mapping parameters. Ignored if the tone mapping algorithm is not  tunable.
              This affects the following tone mapping algorithms:

              clip   Specifies  an  extra  linear  coefficient to multiply into the signal before
                     clipping. Defaults to 1.0.

              mobius Specifies the transition point from linear to mobius transform. Every  value
                     below  this  point is guaranteed to be mapped 1:1. The higher the value, the
                     more accurate the result will be, at the  cost  of  losing  bright  details.
                     Defaults  to  0.3,  which  due  to  the  steep initial slope still preserves
                     in-range colors fairly accurately.

                     Specifies the local contrast coefficient at the display  peak.  Defaults  to
                     0.5,  which  means that in-gamut values will be about half as bright as when

              gamma  Specifies the exponent of the function. Defaults to 1.8.

              linear Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching. Defaults to 1.0.

              Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness. The  higher
              the  parameter,  the  more  color information will be preserved. This setting helps
              prevent unnaturally blown-out colors for super-highlights,  by  (smoothly)  turning
              into  white  instead.  This makes images feel more natural, at the cost of reducing
              information about out-of-range colors.

              The default of 2.0 is somewhat conservative and will mostly just apply to skies  or
              directly sunlit surfaces. A setting of 0.0 disables this option.

              Load  an  ICC  profile  and  use it to transform video RGB to screen output.  Needs
              LittleCMS  2  support  compiled  in.  This  option  overrides  the   --target-prim,
              --target-trc and --icc-profile-auto options.

              Automatically  select  the  ICC  display profile currently specified by the display
              settings of the operating system.

              NOTE: On Windows, the default profile must be an ICC profile. WCS profiles are  not

              Store  and  load  the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this directory.  This
              can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while to create a  3D
              LUT.  Note  that  these  files contain uncompressed LUTs. Their size depends on the
              --icc-3dlut-size, and can be very big.

              NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so  old,  unused  cache  files  may  stick
              around indefinitely.

              Specifies   the   ICC   intent  used  for  the  color  transformation  (when  using

              0      perceptual

              1      relative colorimetric (default)

              2      saturation

              3      absolute colorimetric

              Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each  dimension.   Default  is
              64x64x64. Sizes may range from 2 to 512.

              Specifies  an  upper  limit on the target device's contrast ratio. This is detected
              automatically from the profile if possible, but  for  some  profiles  it  might  be
              missing,  causing  the  contrast  to be assumed as infinite. As a result, video may
              appear darker than intended. This only affects BT.1886 content. The  default  of  0
              means no limit.

              Blend  subtitles  directly  onto upscaled video frames, before interpolation and/or
              color management (default: no). Enabling this causes subtitles to  be  affected  by
              --icc-profile,  --target-prim,  --target-trc,  --interpolation,  --opengl-gamma and
              --post-shader. It also increases subtitle performance when using --interpolation.

              The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the visible portion
              of  the video, so you can't have subtitles exist in the black margins below a video
              (for example).

              If video is selected, the behavior is similar to yes, but subs  are  drawn  at  the
              video's native resolution, and scaled along with the video.

                 This  changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally, subtitle colors are
                 assumed to be in sRGB and color  managed  as  such.  Enabling  this  makes  them
                 treated  as  being  in the video's color space instead. This is good if you want
                 things like softsubbed ASS signs to match the video colors, but  may  cause  SRT
                 subtitles or similar to look slightly off.

              Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component.

                     Blend the frame against a 16x16 gray/white tiles background (default).

              blend  Blend the frame against the background color (--background, normally black).

              yes    Try  to  create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense if
                     the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May  not  be
                     supported  on  all  platforms.  If  alpha  framebuffers  are unavailable, it
                     silently falls back on a normal  framebuffer.  Note  that  if  you  set  the
                     --opengl-fbo-format  option to a non-default value, a format with alpha must
                     be specified, or this won't work.  This does not work on X11  with  EGL  and
                     Mesa (freedesktop bug 67676).

              no     Ignore alpha component.

              Force  use  of  rectangle  textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't have any
              advantages over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding overrides  this  flag.
              Could be removed any time.

              Color  used  to  draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video. See --osd-color
              option how colors are defined.

       --opengl-tex-pad-x, --opengl-tex-pad-y
              Enlarge the video source textures by this many pixels. For debugging only (normally
              textures  are  sized  exactly,  but due to hardware decoding interop we may have to
              deal with additional padding, which can be tested with  these  options).  Could  be
              removed any time.

              Call  glFlush()  after  rendering  a  frame  and  before  attempting  to display it
              (default: auto). Can fix stuttering in some cases, in other cases  probably  causes
              it.  The  auto mode will call glFlush() only if the renderer is going to wait for a
              while after rendering, instead of flipping GL  front  and  backbuffers  immediately
              (i.e. it doesn't call it in display-sync mode).

              This  mode is extremely restricted, and will disable most extended OpenGL features.
              That includes high quality scalers and custom shaders!

              It is intended for hardware that does  not  support  FBOs  (including  GLES,  which
              supports  it  insufficiently),  or  to  get some more performance out of bad or old

              This mode is forced automatically if needed, and this option is mostly  useful  for
              debugging.  The  default  of  auto  will  enable  it  automatically if nothing uses
              features which require FBOs.

              This option might be silently removed in the future.

              Store and load compiled GL shaders in this directory. Normally, shader  compilation
              is  very  fast, so this is usually not needed. But some GL implementations (notably
              ANGLE, the default on Windows) have relatively slow  shader  compilation,  and  can
              cause startup delays.

              NOTE:  This  is  not  cleaned  automatically,  so old, unused cache files may stick
              around indefinitely.

              This option might be  silently  removed  in  the  future,  if  ANGLE  fixes  shader
              compilation speed.

              Choose the GPU device used for decoding when using the cuda hwdec.

              By  default,  the  device  that is being used to provide OpenGL output will also be
              used for decoding (and in the  vast  majority  of  cases,  only  one  GPU  will  be

              Note  that  when  using  the  cuda-copy  hwdec,  a different option must be passed:

              Set the list of tags that should be displayed on the terminal. Tags that are in the
              list,  but  are not present in the played file, will not be shown.  If a value ends
              with *, all tags are matched by prefix (though there is no general globbing).  Just
              passing * essentially filtering.

              The default includes a common list of tags, call mpv with --list-options to see it.

              Maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

              Gradually  adjusts  the  A/V  sync  based  on audio delay measurements.  Specifying
              --autosync=0, the default, will cause frame timing to be based  entirely  on  audio
              delay  measurements.  Specifying  --autosync=1  will  do  the same, but will subtly
              change the A/V correction algorithm. An uneven video framerate  in  a  video  which
              plays  fine with --no-audio can often be helped by setting this to an integer value
              greater than 1. The higher the value, the closer the timing will be to  --no-audio.
              Try  --autosync=30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not implement
              a perfect audio delay measurement. With this  value,  if  large  A/V  sync  offsets
              occur,  they  will  only  take  about  1  or 2 seconds to settle out. This delay in
              reaction time to sudden A/V offsets should be the only side effect of turning  this
              option on, for all sound drivers.

              How the player synchronizes audio and video.

              If  you use this option, you usually want to set it to display-resample to enable a
              timing mode that tries to not skip or repeat frames when for example playing  24fps
              video on a 24Hz screen.

              The   modes   starting   with  display-  try  to  output  video  frames  completely
              synchronously to the display, using the detected display vertical refresh rate as a
              hint  how  fast frames will be displayed on average. These modes change video speed
              slightly to match the display. See --video-sync-...  options for fine  tuning.  The
              robustness  of this mode is further reduced by making a some idealized assumptions,
              which may not always apply in reality.  Behavior can  depend  on  the  VO  and  the
              system's  video  and  audio  drivers.   Media  files  must  use constant framerate.
              Section-wise VFR might work as well with some container formats (but not e.g. mkv).
              If  the  sync  code detects severe A/V desync, or the framerate cannot be detected,
              the player automatically reverts to audio mode for some time or permanently.

              The modes with desync in their names do not attempt to keep  audio/video  in  sync.
              They will slowly (or quickly) desync, until e.g. the next seek happens. These modes
              are meant for testing, not serious use.

              audio  Time video frames to audio. This is the most robust mode, because the player
                     doesn't  have  to  assume  anything  about  how  the  display  behaves.  The
                     disadvantage is that it can lead to occasional frame drops  or  repeats.  If
                     audio is disabled, this uses the system clock. This is the default mode.

                     Resample  audio  to match the video. This mode will also try to adjust audio
                     speed to compensate for other drift.  (This means it will play the audio  at
                     a different speed every once in a while to reduce the A/V difference.)

                     Resample  audio  to  match  the  video.  Drop video frames to compensate for

                     Like the previous mode, but no A/V compensation.

                     Drop or repeat video frames to  compensate  desyncing  video.  (Although  it
                     should   have  the  same  effects  as  audio,  the  implementation  is  very

                     Drop  or  repeat   audio   data   to   compensate   desyncing   video.   See
                     --video-sync-adrop-size.  This mode will cause severe audio artifacts if the
                     real monitor refresh rate is too different from the reported or forced rate.

                     Sync video to display, and let audio play on its own.

              desync Sync video according to system clock, and let audio play on its own.

              Maximum  speed  difference   in   percent   that   is   applied   to   video   with
              --video-sync=display-...  (default:  1).  Display sync mode will be disabled if the
              monitor and video refresh way do  not  match  within  the  given  range.  It  tries
              multiples  as  well:  playing  30  fps video on a 60 Hz screen will duplicate every
              second frame. Playing 24 fps video  on  a  60  Hz  screen  will  play  video  in  a
              2-3-2-3-... pattern.

              The  default  settings are not loose enough to speed up 23.976 fps video to 25 fps.
              We consider the pitch change too extreme to allow this  behavior  by  default.  Set
              this option to a value of 5 to enable it.

              Note  that in the --video-sync=display-resample mode, audio speed will additionally
              be   changed   by   a   small   amount   if   necessary   for   A/V    sync.    See

              Maximum  additional  speed  difference  in  percent  that  is applied to audio with
              --video-sync=display-... (default: 0.125). Normally, the player plays the audio  at
              the  speed  of the video. But if the difference between audio and video position is
              too high, e.g. due to drift or other timing errors, it will attempt to speed up  or
              slow down audio by this additional factor. Too low values could lead to video frame
              dropping or repeating if the A/V desync cannot  be  compensated,  too  high  values
              could  lead  to chaotic frame dropping due to the audio "overshooting" and skipping
              multiple video frames before the sync logic can react.

              For the --video-sync=display-adrop mode. This mode duplicates/drops audio  data  to
              keep  audio  in  sync  with  video. To avoid audio artifacts on jitter (which would
              add/remove samples all the time), this is done in relatively  large,  fixed  units,
              controlled by this option. The unit is seconds.

              Framerate  used  when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files with mf:// (default:

              Input file type for mf:// (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi).  By  default,  this  is
              guessed from the file extension.

              Instead  of  playing  a  file,  read  its  byte  stream  and  write it to the given
              destination  file.  The  destination  is  overwritten.  Can  be  useful   to   test
              network-related behavior.

              Set AVOptions on streams opened with libavformat. Unknown or misspelled options are
              silently ignored. (They are mentioned in the terminal output in verbose mode,  i.e.
              --v.  In  general  we  can't  print errors, because other options such as e.g. user
              agent are not available with all protocols, and printing errors for unknown options
              would end up being too noisy.)

              (Windows  only.)   Set  the  MMCSS  profile for the video renderer thread (default:

              (Windows  only.)   Set  process  priority  for  mpv  according  to  the  predefined
              priorities available under Windows.

              Possible values of <prio>: idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

                 Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

              Force  the  contents  of the media-title property to this value. Useful for scripts
              which want to set a title, without overriding the user's setting in --title.

              Load a file and add all of its tracks. This  is  useful  to  play  different  files
              together  (for  example  audio  from one file, video from another), or for advanced
              --lavfi-complex used (like playing two video files at the same time).

              Unlike --sub-files and --audio-files, this includes all tracks, and does not  cause
              default  stream  selection  over  the  "proper"  file.  This makes it slightly less

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

              CLI/config file only alias for --external-files-append. Each  use  of  this  option
              will add a new external files.

              Automatically load/select external files (default: yes).

              If  set  to  no,  then  do  not  automatically  load external files as specified by
              --sub-auto and --audio-file-auto. If external files are forcibly added  (like  with
              --sub-files), they will not be auto-selected.

              This  does  not  affect  playlist  expansion,  redirection,  or  other  loading  of
              referenced files like with ordered chapters.

              Record the current stream to the given target file. The target file will always  be
              overwritten without asking.

              This  remuxes  the  source  stream  without  reencoding,  which makes this a highly
              fragile and experimental feature. It's entirely possible  that  this  writes  files
              which are broken, not standards compliant, not playable with all players (including
              mpv), or incomplete.

              The target file format is determined by the file extension of the target  filename.
              It  is  recommended  to  use  the  same target container as the source container if
              possible, and preferring Matroska as fallback.

              Seeking during stream recording,  or  enabling/disabling  stream  recording  during
              playback,  can  cut  off  data,  or  produce "holes" in the output file.  These are
              technical restrictions. In particular, video data  or  subtitles  which  were  read
              ahead  can  produce  such  holes,  which might cause playback problems with various
              players (including mpv).

              The behavior of this option might changed in the future, such as changing it  to  a
              template  (similar  to  --screenshot-template), being renamed, removed, or anything
              else, until it is declared semi-stable.

              Set a "complex" libavfilter filter, which means a  single  filter  graph  can  take
              input from multiple source audio and video tracks. The graph can result in a single
              audio or video output (or both).

              Currently, the filter graph labels are  used  to  select  the  participating  input
              tracks and audio/video output. The following rules apply:

              · A label of the form aidN selects audio track N as input (e.g.  aid1).

              · A label of the form vidN selects video track N as input.

              · A label named ao will be connected to the audio output.

              · A label named vo will be connected to the video output.

              Each  label  can  be  used  only  once. If you want to use e.g. an audio stream for
              multiple filters, you need to use  the  asplit  filter.  Multiple  video  or  audio
              outputs are not possible, but you can use filters to merge them into one.

              The complex filter cannot be changed yet during playback. It's also not possible to
              change the tracks connected to the filter at runtime.  Other  tracks,  as  long  as
              they're  not connected to the filter, and the corresponding output is not connected
              to the filter, can still be freely changed.

              Note that the normal filter chains (--af, --vf) are  applied  between  the  complex
              graphs (e.g. ao label) and the actual output.


                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1]  asplit  [ao]  [t]  ; [t] aphasemeter [vo]' Play audio
                   track 1, and visualize it as video using the aphasemeter filter.

                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1] [aid2] amix [ao]' Play audio track 1 and 2 at the same

                 · --lavfi-complex='[vid1] [vid2] vstack [vo]' Stack video track 1 and 2 and play
                   them at the same time. Note that both tracks need to have the same  width,  or
                   filter  initialization  will fail (you can add scale filters before the vstack
                   filter to fix the size).

                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1] asplit [ao] [t] ; [t] aphasemeter [t2] ;  [vid1]  [t2]
                   overlay  [vo]'  Play  audio  track 1, and overlay its visualization over video
                   track 1.

                 · --lavfi-complex='[aid1] asplit [t1] [ao] ; [t1] showvolume [t2] ; [vid1]  [t2]
                   overlay  [vo]'  Play  audio  track 1, and overlay the measured volume for each
                   speaker over video track 1.

                 · null:// --lavfi-complex='life [vo]' Conways' Life Game.

              See the FFmpeg libavfilter documentation for details on the available filters.


       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The syntax is:

              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

          See --ao=help for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. The driver  --ao=alsa  is
          preferred. --ao=pulse is preferred on systems where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems,
          --ao=oss or --ao=sndio may work (the latter being experimental).

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa (Linux only)
              ALSA audio output driver

              See ALSA audio output options for options specific to this AO.

                 To get multichannel/surround audio, use --audio-channels=auto. The  default  for
                 this  option  is  auto-safe,  which  makes  this  audio otuput explicitly reject
                 multichannel output, as there is no way to  detect  whether  a  certain  channel
                 layout is actually supported.

                 You  can also try using the upmix plugin.  This setup enables multichannel audio
                 on the default device with automatic upmixing with  shared  access,  so  playing
                 stereo and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.

       oss    OSS audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).

                     Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm). Other valid values include vol,
                     pcm, line. For a complete list of options  look  for  SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES  in

       jack   JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).

                     Client  name  that  is  passed to JACK (default: mpv). Useful if you want to
                     have certain connections established automatically.

                     Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note  that  this
                     tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.

                     Automatically  create  connections to output ports (default: enabled).  When
                     enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to the number
                     of available output ports.

                     Select  the  standard  channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no
                     notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given  channel  is
                     supposed  to  map  to) - it just takes whatever the application outputs, and
                     reroutes it to whatever the user  defines.  This  means  the  user  and  the
                     application  are  in charge of dealing with the channel layout. waveext uses
                     WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE  order,  which,  even  though  it  was   defined   by
                     Microsoft, is the standard on many systems.  The value any makes JACK accept
                     whatever comes from the audio filter chain, regardless of channel layout and
                     without  reordering.  This  mode is probably not very useful, other than for
                     debugging or when used with fixed setups.

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output  driver  using  AudioUnits  and  the  CoreAudio  sound

              Automatically redirects to coreaudio_exclusive when playing compressed formats.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Change  the  physical  format  to  one similar to the requested audio format
                     (default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel  audio  output  will
                     actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the system-wide audio
                     settings. This is equivalent to changing the Format  setting  in  the  Audio
                     Devices  dialog  in  the  Audio  MIDI Setup utility. Note that this does not
                     affect the selected speaker setup.

                     Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers which do
                     not  report  AC3 support. It converts the AC3 data to float, and assumes the
                     driver will do the inverse conversion, which means a  typical  A/V  receiver
                     will  pick  it  up  as  compressed IEC framed AC3 stream, ignoring that it's
                     marked as PCM. This disables normal AC3  passthrough  (even  if  the  device
                     reports it as supported). Use with extreme care.

       coreaudio_exclusive (Mac OS X only)
              Native  Mac  OS X audio output driver using direct device access and exclusive mode
              (bypasses the sound server).

       openal Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

                 This driver is not very useful. Playing multi-channel audio with it is slow.

       pulse  PulseAudio audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Specify the host to use. An empty <host> string  uses  a  local  connection,
                     "localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).

                     Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers more data,
                     and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller value  makes  the
                     audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed changes. Default: 250.

                     Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If enabled,
                     mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If disabled, it  will
                     use  PulseAudio  automatically  updated  timing  information. Disabling this
                     might help with e.g. networked audio or  some  plugins,  while  enabling  it
                     might  help  in  some unknown situations (it used to be required to get good
                     behavior on old PulseAudio versions).

                     If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to  enable  this  option.
                     (Or try to update PulseAudio.)

       sdl    SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL 1.2, but
              may require the SDL_AUDIODRIVER environment variable to be  set  appropriately  for
              your system.

                 This  driver  is  for compatibility with extremely foreign environments, such as
                 systems where none of the other drivers are available.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the sound
                     system.  Playing  a  file with -v will show the requested and obtained exact
                     buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system default.

                     Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be changed.

       null   Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use  --ao=null
              --ao-null-untimed for benchmarking.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Do  not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio decoding
                     will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the system clock.

                     Simulated buffer length in seconds.

                     Simulated chunk size in samples.

                     Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio device
                     will  not  go  exactly  as  fast as the system clock. It will deviate just a
                     little, and this option helps to simulate this.

                     Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.

                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device latency  to
                     the reported audio playback position.

                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.

                     If  not  empty, this is a , separated list of channel layouts the AO allows.
                     This can be used to test channel layout selection.

       pcm    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

                     Include or do not include the WAVE  header  (default:  included).  When  not
                     included, raw PCM will be generated.

                     Write  the  sound  to  <filename>  instead  of the default audiodump.wav. If
                     no-waveheader is specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.

                     Append to the file, instead of overwriting it.  Always  use  this  with  the
                     no-waveheader  option - with waveheader it's broken, because it will write a
                     WAVE header every time the file is opened.

       rsound Audio output to an RSound daemon

                 Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not  to  be  confused  with
                 RoarAudio, which is something completely different.

       sndio  Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system

                 Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.

              (Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel layouts.)

       wasapi Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.


       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The syntax is:

              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ,, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

          See --vo=help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

          The  recommended  output driver is --vo=opengl, which is the default. All other drivers
          are for compatibility or special purposes. If  the  default  does  not  work,  it  will
          fallback to other drivers (in the same order as listed by --vo=help).

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses  the XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is the most
              compatible VO on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with  OSD  and  subtitle

                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).

                     Select a specific XVideo port.

                     Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).

                     cur    The default takes the color key currently set in Xv.

                     use    Use  but do not set the color key from mpv (use the --colorkey option
                            to change it).

                     set    Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.

                     Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).

                     none   Disables color-keying.

                     man    Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).

                     bg     Set the color key as window background.

                     auto   Let Xv draw the color key.

                     Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. 0x000000 is black  and
                     0xffffff is white.

                     Number  of  image  buffers  to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).
                     Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X  server  not
                     responding  quickly  enough  if  video  FPS  is  close to or higher than the
                     display refresh rate.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works whenever
              X11 is present.

                 This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.

       vdpau (X11 only)
              Uses  the  VDPAU  interface  to display and optionally also decode video.  Hardware
              decoding is used with --hwdec=vdpau.

                 Earlier versions of mpv (and MPlayer, mplayer2)  provided  sub-options  to  tune
                 vdpau  post-processing,  like  deint,  sharpen,  denoise,  chroma-deint, pullup,
                 hqscaling. These sub-options are deprecated, and  you  should  use  the  vdpaupp
                 video filter instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative
                     values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Apply a noise reduction  algorithm  to  the  video  (default:  0;  no  noise

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Select  deinterlacing  mode  (default:  0).  In  older  versions (as well as
                     MPlayer/mplayer2) you could use this option to enable  deinterlacing.   This
                     doesn't work anymore, and deinterlacing is enabled with either the d key (by
                     default mapped to the  command  cycle  deinterlace),  or  the  --deinterlace
                     option.  Also,  to  select  the default deint mode, you should use something
                     like --vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal instead of this sub-option.

                     0      Pick the vdpaupp video filter default, which corresponds to 3.

                     1      Show only first field.

                     2      Bob deinterlacing.

                     3      Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead to A/V  desync  with
                            slow video hardware and/or high resolution.

                     4      Motion-adaptive   temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-guided  spatial
                            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).  Use
                     no-chroma-deint  to  solely  use  luma  and speed up advanced deinterlacing.
                     Useful with slow video memory.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

                     Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value  is  needed  for
                     framedrop  to  allow  video playback rates higher than display refresh rate,
                     and  for  vsync-aware  frame  timing  adjustments).  Default  0  means   use
                     autodetected  value. A positive value is interpreted as a refresh rate in Hz
                     and overrides the autodetected value. A negative value disables  all  timing
                     adjustment and framedrop logic.

                     NVIDIA's  current  VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently under a
                     compositing  window  manager  and  does  not  give  accurate  frame   timing
                     information.  With this option enabled, the player tries to detect whether a
                     compositing window manager  is  active.  If  one  is  detected,  the  player
                     disables  timing  adjustments  as  if the user had specified fps=-1 (as they
                     would be based on incorrect input).  This  means  timing  is  somewhat  less
                     accurate  than without compositing, but with the composited mode behavior of
                     the NVIDIA driver, there is no hard playback speed limit  even  without  the
                     disabled  logic.  Enabled  by default, use --vo-vdpau-composite-detect=no to

              --vo-vdpau-queuetime-windowed=<number> and queuetime-fs=<number>
                     Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to  queue  future  video  frame
                     changes  at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).  See below
                     for additional information.

                     Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default: 3). See
                     below for additional information.

                     Set  the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice is the
                     colorkey used if VDPAU operates in  overlay  mode  (default:  #020507,  some
                     shade  of  black).  If  the  alpha component of this value is 0, the default
                     VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is usually green).

                     Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert to a
                     YUV  format before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability of certain
                     YUV-only features, like video equalizer or deinterlacing.

              Using the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled  by  the  queuetime  options
              makes  mpv's  frame flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and allows mpv to
              start decoding the next frame(s) slightly earlier, which can reduce  jitter  caused
              by  individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the NVIDIA graphics drivers can make
              other window behavior such as window moves choppy if VDPAU is using the blit  queue
              (mainly  happens  if  you have the composite extension enabled) and this feature is
              active. If this happens on your system and it bothers you  then  you  can  set  the
              queuetime  value  to 0 to disable this feature. The settings to use in windowed and
              fullscreen mode are separate because there should be no reason to disable this  for
              fullscreen mode (as the driver issue should not affect the video itself).

              You  can  queue  more  frames  ahead  by  increasing  the  queuetime values and the
              output_surfaces count (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a certain time
              ahead  you need at least as many surfaces as the video has frames during that time,
              plus two). This could help make video smoother in some cases.  The  main  downsides
              are  increased video RAM requirements for the surfaces and laggier display response
              to user commands (display changes only  become  visible  some  time  after  they're
              queued).  The  graphics driver implementation may also have limits on the length of
              maximum queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.

       direct3d (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.

                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide  proper  OpenGL
                 drivers, and where ANGLE does not perform well.

                 Before  to  0.21.0,  direct3d_shaders and direct3d were different, with direct3d
                 not  using  shader  by  default.  Now  both  use   shaders   by   default,   and
                 direct3d_shaders is a deprecated alias. Use the --vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect
                 or  the  --vo-direct3d-disable-shaders  options  to  get  the  old  behavior  of

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Use IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect over other methods if possible.

                     Never render the video using IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect.

                     Never  render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with textures
                     + shader will still be allowed. Add disable-shaders  to  completely  disable
                     video rendering with textures.

                     Never use shaders when rendering video.

                     Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.  Using this flag
                     will force software conversion to 8-bit.

                     Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this  option  enabled,
                     the  video  texture  will  always  have  exactly  the same size as the video

              Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be  removed  in  the  future,  might
              crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you actually need any
              of these for performance or proper operation.

                     Always  force  textures  to  power  of  2,  even  if  the   device   reports
                     non-power-of-2 texture sizes as supported.

                     Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.  Possible

                     default (default)
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking. If
                            the driver supports D3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY, D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM
                            is used directly.

                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT. (Like default, but never use a shadow-texture.)

                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM  texture  for  locking.
                            (Like default, but always force the shadow-texture.)

                            Use D3DPOOL_MANAGED.

                            Use D3DPOOL_SCRATCH, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking.

                     Use  D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD,  which might be faster.  Might be slower too, as
                     it must(?) clear every frame.

                     Always resize the backbuffer to window size.

       opengl OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended  scaling  methods,  dithering  and
              color management.

              See OpenGL renderer options for options specific to this VO.

              By  default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the opengl-hq profile
              to use this driver with defaults set to high quality rendering.  (This  profile  is
              also  the  replacement  for  --vo=opengl-hq.)  The  profile  can  be  applied  with
              --profile=opengl-hq and its contents can be viewed with --show-profile=opengl-hq.

              Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.

              Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only (or if  the
              necessary extensions are available).

              OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.

              Hardware  decoding  over  OpenGL-interop  is supported to some degree. Note that in
              this mode, some corner case might  not  be  gracefully  handled,  and  color  space
              conversion  and  chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of the hardware decoder

              opengl makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve  better  quality  or
              performance  by  changing  the --opengl-fbo-format option to rgb16f, rgb32f or rgb.
              Known problems include Mesa/Intel not accepting rgb16,  Mesa  sometimes  not  being
              compiled  with  float  texture  support,  and some OS X setups being very slow with
              rgb16 but fast with rgb32f. If you have problems, you can  also  try  enabling  the
              --opengl-dumb-mode=yes option.

       sdl    SDL  2.0+  Render video output driver, depending on system with or without hardware
              acceleration. Should work on all platforms supported by SDL 2.0.  For tuning, refer
              to your copy of the file SDL_hints.h.

                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide proper graphics
                 drivers, or which support GLES only.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

                     Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.

       vaapi  Intel VA API video output driver with support  for  hardware  decoding.  Note  that
              there  is  absolutely no reason to use this, other than compatibility.  This is low
              quality, and has issues with OSD.

                 This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can use vaapi hardware
                 decoding with --vo=opengl too.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:


                            Driver default (mpv default as well).

                     fast   Fast, but low quality.

                     hq     Unspecified driver dependent high-quality scaling, slow.

                     nla    non-linear anamorphic scaling

                     Select  deinterlacing  algorithm.  Note  that  by  default  deinterlacing is
                     initially always off, and needs to be enabled with the d  key  (default  key
                     binding for cycle deinterlace).

                     This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).  In
                     this case, the default for deint-mode is no, and enabling deinterlacing  via
                     user  interaction  using  the  methods  mentioned above actually inserts the
                     vavpp video filter. If vpp is not actually supported with the libva  backend
                     in use, you can use this option to forcibly enable VO based deinterlacing.

                     no     Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).

                            Show only first field (going by --field-dominance).

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).

                     If  enabled,  then  the  OSD  is  rendered at video resolution and scaled to
                     display resolution. By default, this is disabled, and the OSD is rendered at
                     display resolution if the driver supports it.

       null   Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.

              Usually, it's better to disable video with --no-video instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Simulate  display  FPS.  This  artificially  limits  how  many frames the VO
                     accepts per second.

       caca   Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

                 This driver is a joke.

       tct    Color Unicode art video output driver that works on a  text  console.   Depends  on
              support  of  true  color  by  modern  terminals to display the images at full color
              range. On Windows it requires an ansi terminal such as mintty.

                     Select how to write the pixels to the terminal.

                            Uses unicode LOWER HALF BLOCK character to  achieve  higher  vertical
                            resolution. (Default.)

                     plain  Uses  spaces.  Causes  vertical  resolution  to drop twofolds, but in
                            theory works in more places.

              --vo-tct-width=<width> --vo-tct-height=<height>
                     Assume the terminal has the specified character width and/or height.   These
                     default to 80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined.

              --vo-tct-256=<yes|no> (default: no)
                     Use 256 colors - for terminals which don't support true color.

       image  Output  each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file takes the
              frame number padded with leading zeros as name.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select the image file format.

                     jpg    JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)

                     jpeg   JPEG files, extension .jpeg.

                     png    PNG files.

                     PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)

                     Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub;  2  =  up;  3  =
                     average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)

                     JPEG quality factor (default: 90)

                     JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)

                     Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ./).

       wayland (Wayland only)
              Wayland shared memory video output as fallback for opengl.

                 This  driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide working OpenGL

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha information

                     Use RGB565 as buffer format. This format is implemented on  most  platforms,
                     especially on embedded where it is far more efficient then RGB8888.

                     Use  3  buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but uses
                     more memory.

              For use with libmpv direct OpenGL embedding; useless in any other  contexts.   (See

              This also supports many of the options the opengl VO has.

       rpi (Raspberry Pi)
              Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.

              This  is deprecated. Use --vo=opengl instead, which is the default and provides the
              same functionality. The rpi VO will be removed in mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality was
              folded  into  --vo=opengl, which now uses RPI hardware decoding by treating it as a
              hardware overlay (without applying GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.23.0: the
              --fs flag will be reset to "no" by default (like on the other platforms).

              The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select  the  display  number  on  which  the  video  overlay should be shown
                     (default: 0).

                     Select the dispmanx layer  on  which  the  video  overlay  should  be  shown
                     (default:  -10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the selected
                     layer, to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video rendering  will
                     happen on the layer above the selected layer.

                     Whether  to  render  a  black  background  behind  the  video (default: no).
                     Normally it's better to kill the console framebuffer  instead,  which  gives
                     better performance.

                     Enabled by default. If disabled with no, no OSD layer is created.  This also
                     means there will be no subtitles rendered.

       drm (Direct Rendering Manager)
              Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering  Manager.   Should
              be  used when one doesn't want to install full-blown graphical environment (e.g. no
              X). Does not support hardware acceleration (if you need this, check the drm backend
              for opengl VO).

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

                     Select  the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If <name> is empty
                     or auto, mpv renders the  output  on  the  first  available  connector.  Use
                     --drm-connector=help  to  get  list  of  available  connectors.  When  using
                     multiple graphic cards,  use  the  <gpu_number>  argument  to  disambiguate.
                     (default: empty)

                     Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).  (default: 0)


       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The syntax is:

              Setup a chain of audio filters. See --vf for the syntax.

          To get a full list of available audio filters, see --af=help.

          Also,  keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which
          gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that  have
          been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.

          The  --vf  description  describes  how  libavfilter  can  be used and how to workaround
          deprecated mpv filters.

       See --vf group of options for info on how  --af-defaults,  --af-add,  --af-pre,  --af-del,
       --af-clr, and possibly others work.

       Available filters are:

              This filter uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build) to change
              sample rate, sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.  This filter  is
              automatically  enabled if the audio output does not support the audio configuration
              of the file being played.

              It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float.

                     Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default: 16)

                     Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048, 12->4096,
                     ...) (default: 10->1024)

                     Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.

              linear If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase entries.
                     (default: no)

                     Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.  (If you
                     just  want  to  set  defaults  for  this  filter  that  will be used even by
                     automatically inserted lavrresample instances,  you  should  prefer  setting
                     them with --af-defaults=lavrresample:....)

                     Whether  to  normalize  when remixing channel layouts (default: auto).  auto
                     uses the value set by --audio-normalize-downmix.

                     Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These  should  be
                     documented by FFmpeg or Libav.

              Encode  multi-channel  audio  to  AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports 16-bit
              native-endian input format, maximum 6  channels.  The  output  is  big-endian  when
              outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF. If the input
              sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1 kHz or 32 kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.

                     Output raw AC-3 stream if no, output  to  S/PDIF  for  pass-through  if  yes

                     The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps.

                     The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this.

                     Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320,
                     384, 448, 512, 576, 640.

                     The special value auto selects a default bitrate based on the input  channel

                     1ch    96

                     2ch    192

                     3ch    224

                     4ch    384

                     5ch    448

                     6ch    448

                     If  the  input  channel  number is less than <minch>, the filter will detach
                     itself (default: 3).

                     Select the libavcodec encoder  used.  Currently,  this  should  be  an  AC-3
                     encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.

              10  octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass filters. This
              means that it works regardless of what type of audio  is  being  played  back.  The
              center frequencies for the 10 bands are:

                                              │No. │ frequency  │
                                              │0   │ 31.25  Hz  │
                                              │1   │ 62.50  Hz  │
                                              │2   │ 125.00  Hz │
                                              │3   │ 250.00  Hz │

                                              │4   │ 500.00  Hz │
                                              │5   │ 1.00 kHz   │
                                              │6   │ 2.00 kHz   │
                                              │7   │ 4.00 kHz   │
                                              │8   │ 8.00 kHz   │
                                              │9   │ 16.00 kHz  │

              If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center frequency for
              a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known bug with this filter  is
              that the characteristics for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if the
              sample rate is close to the center frequency of that  band.  This  problem  can  be
              worked  around  by upsampling the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches
              this filter.

                     floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each  frequency  band


                 mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                        Would  amplify  the  sound  in the upper and lower frequency region while
                        canceling it almost completely around 1 kHz.

              Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If only <nch>
              is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows: If the number of output
              channels is greater than the number of input channels, empty channels are  inserted
              (except  when  mixing from mono to stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If
              the number of output channels is less  than  the  number  of  input  channels,  the
              exceeding channels are truncated.

              <nch>  number of output channels (1-8)

                     List  of , separated routes, in the form from1-to1,from2-to2,....  Each pair
                     defines where to route each channel. There can be at most 8 routes.  Without
                     this argument, the default routing is used. Since , is also used to separate
                     filters, you must quote this argument with [...] or similar.


                 mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi
                        Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4  routes  that  swap
                        channel  0  and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.  Observe that
                        if media containing two channels were played back, channels 2 and 3 would
                        contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be swapped.

                 mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi
                        Would  change  the  number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that copy
                        channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.

                 You should probably not use this filter.  If  you  want  to  change  the  output
                 channel  layout, try the format filter, which can make mpv automatically up- and
                 downmix standard channel layouts.

              Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the filter system to
              insert  necessary  conversion  filters before or after this filter if needed. It is
              primarily useful for controlling the audio format  going  into  other  filters.  To
              specify  the  format  for audio output, see --audio-format, --audio-samplerate, and
              --audio-channels. This filter  is  able  to  force  a  particular  format,  whereas
              --audio-* may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.

              All  parameters  are  optional.  The  first  3  parameters restrict what the filter
              accepts as input. They will therefore  cause  conversion  filters  to  be  inserted
              before  this  one.  The out- parameters tell the filters or audio outputs following
              this filter how to interpret the data without actually doing a conversion.  Setting
              these will probably just break things unless you really know you want this for some
              reason, such as testing or dealing with broken media.

                     Force conversion to this format. Use --af=format=format=help to get  a  list
                     of valid formats.

                     Force  conversion  to  a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer, 48000
                     for example.

                     Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See --audio-channels  option  for
                     possible values.




              NOTE:  this  filter  used  to  be  named  force.  The  old format filter used to do
              conversion itself, unlike  this  one  which  lets  the  filter  system  handle  the

              Implements  software  volume  control.  Use  this  filter with caution since it can
              reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is best to use  the
              Master volume control of your sound card or the volume knob on your amplifier.

              WARNING:  This  filter  is  deprecated. Use the top-level options like --volume and
              --replaygain... instead.

              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every
              audio stream.

                     Sets  the  desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB to
                     +60 dB, where -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a gain of
                     1000 (default: 0).

                     Adjust  volume  gain  according to the track-gain replaygain value stored in
                     the file metadata.

                     Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.

                     Pre-amplification gain in dB  to  apply  to  the  selected  replaygain  gain
                     (default: 0).

                     Prevent  clipping  caused  by  replaygain by automatically lowering the gain
                     (default). Use replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

                     Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay  gain  tags.  This  option  is
                     always  applied  if  the  replaygain  logic  is somehow inactive. If this is
                     applied, no other replaygain options are applied.

                     Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the sound more smooth if very
                     high  volume levels are used. Enable this option if the dynamic range of the
                     loudspeakers is very low.

                     WARNING: This feature creates distortion and should  be  considered  a  last

              s16    Force  S16  sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster in some

              detach Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter config  time.
                     Useful with replaygain: if the current file has no replaygain tags, then the
                     filter will be removed if this option is enabled.  (If --softvol=yes is used
                     and  the player volume controls are used during playback, a different volume
                     filter will be inserted.)


                 mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi
                        Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the  sound  level  is
                        too high.

              Mixes  channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the channels
              filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a  few,  e.g.  stereo  to
              mono,  or  vary  the "width" of the center speaker in a surround sound system. This
              filter is hard to use, and will require some tinkering before the desired result is
              obtained.  The  number  of  options for this filter depends on the number of output
              channels. An example how to downmix a six-channel file to two  channels  with  this
              filter can be found in the examples section near the end.

              <n>    Number of output channels (1-8).

                     A  list  of  values [L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...], where
                     each element Lij means how much of input channel  i  is  mixed  into  output
                     channel  j (range 0-1). So in principle you first have n numbers saying what
                     to do with the first input channel, then n numbers that act  on  the  second
                     input  channel  etc.  If  you  do  not  specify  any  numbers for some input
                     channels, 0 is assumed.  Note that the values are separated by ,,  which  is
                     already  used by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must
                     quote the value list with [...] or similar.


                 mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi
                        Would downmix from stereo to mono.

                 mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi
                        Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0  and  1  intact,  and  mix
                        channels  0  and  1  into  output  channel  2  (which  could be sent to a
                        subwoofer for example).

                 If you just want to force remixing to a certain output  channel  layout,  it  is
                 easier  to  use  the  format filter. For example, mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1'
                 '--audio-channels=5.1' would always force remixing audio to 5.1  and  output  it
                 like this.

              This filter supports the following af-command commands:

                     Set the <matrix> argument dynamically. This can be used to change the mixing
                     matrix at runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter chain.

              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch,  optionally  synced  to  playback  speed

              This  works  by  playing  'stride'  ms  of  audio  at  normal  speed then consuming
              'stride*scale' ms of input audio.  It  pieces  the  strides  together  by  blending
              'overlap'%  of  stride  with  audio  following  the  previous stride. It optionally
              performs a short statistical analysis on the next 'search' ms of audio to determine
              the best overlap position.

                     Nominal  amount  to  scale  tempo.  Scales this amount in addition to speed.
                     (default: 1.0)

                     Length in milliseconds to output each stride. Too high of a value will cause
                     noticeable  skips  at  high  scale amounts and an echo at low scale amounts.
                     Very low values will alter pitch. Increasing improves performance. (default:

                     Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.  (default:

                     Length in milliseconds to  search  for  best  overlap  position.  Decreasing
                     improves performance greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want to set
                     this very low. (default: 14)

                     Set response to speed change.

                     tempo  Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).

                     pitch  Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.   Add
                            this to your input.conf to step by musical semi-tones:

                               [ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
                               ] multiply speed 1.059463094352953

                               Loses sync with video.

                     both   Scale both tempo and pitch.

                     none   Ignore speed changes.


                 mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at  1.2x  normal  speed,  with audio at normal pitch.
                        Changing playback speed would change audio tempo to match.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at  normal  pitch,  but
                        changing playback speed would have no effect on audio tempo.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                        Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at  1.2x  normal  speed,  with audio at normal pitch.
                        Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

              High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can  be  used  in  place  of
              scaletempo,  and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing at speed different
              from normal. It can also be used to adjust audio pitch  without  changing  playback

                     Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.

              This  filter  has  a  number  of additional sub-options. You can list them with mpv
              --af=rubberband=help. This will also show the default values for each  option.  The
              options  are  not documented here, because they are merely passed to librubberband.
              Look  at  the  librubberband  documentation  to  learn  what  each   option   does:
              (The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to  those  of
              librubberband follows a simple pattern: "Option" + Name + Value.)

              This filter supports the following af-command commands:

                     Set  the  <pitch-scale> argument dynamically. This can be used to change the
                     playback pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled using the  standard
                     speed property, not af-command.

              Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

                     Libavfilter  graph. See lavfi video filter for details - the graph syntax is
                     the same.

                        Don't forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi  video
                        filter section.



       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The syntax is:

              Setup  a  chain  of  video filters. This consists on the filter name, and an option
              list of parameters after =. The parameters are separated  by  :  (not  ,,  as  that
              starts a new filter entry).

              Before  the  filter  name,  a  label can be specified with @name:, where name is an
              arbitrary user-given name, which identifies the filter. This is only needed if  you
              want to toggle the filter at runtime.

              A  !  before  the  filter  name  means the filter is enabled by default. It will be
              skipped on filter creation. This is also useful for runtime filter toggling.

              See the vf command (and toggle sub-command) for further explanations and examples.

              The general filter entry syntax is:
                 ["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]

              or for the special "toggle" syntax (see vf command):

              and the filter-parameter-list:
                 <filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>

              and filter-parameter:
                 ( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>

              param-value can further be quoted in [ / ] in case the  value  contains  characters
              like  ,  or  =. This is used in particular with the lavfi filter, which uses a very
              similar  syntax  as  mpv  (MPlayer  historically)  to  specify  filters  and  their

       You  can  also  set  defaults  for each filter. The defaults are applied before the normal
       filter parameters.

              Set defaults for each filter.

          To   get   a   full   list   of   available   video   filters,   see   --vf=help    and

          Also,  keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which
          gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that  have
          been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.

          Most  builtin filters are deprecated in some ways, unless they're only available in mpv
          (such as filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are implemented in mpv only).

          If a filter is not builtin, the lavfi-bridge will be automatically tried.  This  bridge
          does  not  support  help  output,  and  does not verify parameters before the filter is
          actually used. Although the mpv syntax is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the
          same.  (Which means not everything accepted by vf_lavfi's graph option will be accepted
          by --vf.)

          You can also prefix the filter name with lavfi- to force the wrapper.  This is  helpful
          if  the  filter  name  collides  with  a  deprecated  mpv  builtin  filter. For example
          --vf=lavfi-scale=args would  use  libavfilter's  scale  filter  over  mpv's  deprecated
          builtin one.

       Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

              Deletes  the  filters  at  the  given  indexes.  Index numbers start at 0, negative
              numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

              Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to set flag

       Available mpv-only filters are:

              Crops  the  given  part  of the image and discards the rest. Useful to remove black
              bands from widescreen videos.

                     Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.

                     Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

              Expands (not scales) video resolution to the given value and  places  the  unscaled
              original at coordinates x, y.

                     Expanded  width,height (default: original width,height). Negative values for
                     w and h are treated as offsets to the original size.


                               Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.

                     position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)

                     Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).


                               Expands to 800x600, unless the source  is  higher  resolution,  in
                               which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.

                     Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       flip   Flips the image upside down.

       mirror Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

              Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock-wise.

              Scales  the  image  with  the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB color
              space conversion (see also --sws).

              All parameters are optional.

                     scaled width/height (default: original width/height)

                     0      scaled d_width/d_height

                     -1     original width/height

                     -2     Calculate w/h using the other  dimension  and  the  prescaled  aspect

                     -3     Calculate  w/h  using  the  other  dimension  and the original aspect

                     -(n+8) Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest multiple  of

              <param>[:<param2>] (see also --sws)
                     Set  some  scaling  parameters depending on the type of scaler selected with

                        --sws=2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                            0.00:0.60 default
                            0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                            0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                            0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                            1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline

                        --sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))

                        --sws=9 (Lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

                     chroma skipping

                     0      Use all available input lines for chroma (default).

                     1      Use only every 2. input line for chroma.

                     2      Use only every 4. input line for chroma.

                     3      Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

              <noup> Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.

                     0      Allow upscaling (default).

                     1      Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.

                     2      Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.

              <arnd> Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may  be  faster  or  slower
                     than the default rounding.

                     no     Disable accurate rounding (default).

                     yes    Enable accurate rounding.

              Changes  the  intended  display  aspect  at an arbitrary point in the filter chain.
              Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point number (1.33). Note  that
              this  filter  does  not  do  any scaling itself; it just affects what later scalers
              (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to the correct aspect.

                     New aspect ratio given by a display  width  and  height.  Unlike  older  mpv
                     versions or MPlayer, this does not set the display size.

                     Can also be these special values:

                     0      original display width and height

                     -1     original video width and height (default)

                     -2     Calculate  w/h  using  the  other  dimension and the original display
                            aspect ratio.

                     -3     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video aspect


                               Specifies  a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect video,
                               or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video.

                     Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.

                     -1     Ignore original aspect ratio (default).

                     0      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     1      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                     2      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     3      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.


                               Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller,  in
                               order to keep aspect.

              <r>    Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

                     Force an aspect ratio.

              Restricts  the  color  space for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Use
              together with the scale filter for a real conversion.

                 For a list of available formats, see format=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).

                     Format name that should be substituted for the output. If they do  not  have
                     the same bytes per pixel and chroma subsampling, it will fail.

                     Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There are
                     various standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and  BT.709
                     for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space results
                     in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.

                     These options are not always  supported.  Different  video  outputs  provide
                     varying  degrees  of  support.  The  opengl  and  vdpau video output drivers
                     usually offer full support. The xv output can set the  color  space  if  the
                     system  video driver supports it, but not input and output levels. The scale
                     video filter can configure color space and input levels,  but  only  if  the
                     output  format  is  RGB (if the video output driver supports RGB output, you
                     can force this with -vf scale,format=rgba).

                     If this option is set to auto (which is  the  default),  the  video's  color
                     space  flag  will  be  used.  If that flag is unset, the color space will be
                     selected automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that  attempts
                     to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than 1279x576 pixels,
                     BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is selected.

                     Available color spaces are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.601 ITU-R BT.601 (SD)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD)

                            ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system

                            ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system


                     YUV color levels used with YUV  to  RGB  conversion.  This  option  is  only
                     necessary  when  playing  broken  files  which  do not follow standard color
                     levels or which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify  its  color
                     range, it is assumed to be limited range.

                     The same limitations as with <colormatrix> apply.

                     Available color ranges are:

                     auto   automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)

                            limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)

                     full   full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)

                     RGB  primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
                     in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this  can  be
                     used to override the setting.

                     This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management,
                     for example opengl with the target-prim or icc-profile suboptions set.

                     If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's  primaries
                     flag  will  be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will be selected
                     automatically, using the following heuristics: If the <colormatrix>  is  set
                     or  determined  as  BT.2020 or BT.709, the corresponding primaries are used.
                     Otherwise, if the video height is exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601-625 is used.  If
                     it's  exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC), BT.601-525 is used. If the video resolution
                     is anything else, BT.709 is used.

                     Available primaries are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)

                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)

                            ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

                     apple  Apple RGB

                     adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                            CIE 1931 RGB

                     dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema)

                            Panasonic V-Gamut primaries

                     Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
                     in  the  file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
                     used to override the setting.

                     This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.

                     If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the gamma will be  set
                     to  BT.1886  for  YCbCr  content,  sRGB  for  RGB content and Linear for XYZ

                     Available gamma functions are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                            ITU-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020)

                     srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

                     linear Linear light

                            Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)

                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve

                     pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve

                     hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve

                     v-log  Panasonic V-Log transfer curve

                     s-log1 Sony S-Log1 transfer curve

                     s-log2 Sony S-Log2 transfer curve

                     Reference peak illumination for the video file,  relative  to  the  signal's
                     reference  white  level. This is mostly interesting for HDR, but it can also
                     be used tone map SDR content to  simulate  a  different  exposure.  Normally
                     inferred from tags such as MaxCLL or mastering metadata.

                     The default of 0.0 will default to the source's nominal peak luminance.

                        Light  type  of the scene. This is mostly correctly inferred based on the
                        gamma function, but it can be useful to override this  when  viewing  raw
                        camera  footage (e.g. V-Log), which is normally scene-referred instead of

                        Available light types are:

                     auto   Automatic selection (default)

                            Display-referred light (most content)

                     hlg    Scene-referred using the HLG OOTF (e.g. HLG content)

                            Scene-referred using the BT709+BT1886 interaction

                            Scene-referred using a pure power OOTF (gamma=1.2)

                     Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in.  Takes  the  same
                     values as the --video-stereo-mode option.

                     Set  the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the same values
                     as the --video-stereo-mode option.

                     Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with  in  degrees.   The
                     special value -1 uses the input format.

              <dw>, <dh>
                     Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that the video
                     is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the aspect ratio is an
                     implementation detail, and might change later.

              <dar>  Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float, but values
                     such as [16:9] can be passed too ([...] for quoting to  prevent  the  option
                     parser from interpreting the : character).

              Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Unlike
              the format filter, this will allow any color space except the one you specify.

                 For a list of available formats, see noformat=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).

              Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

                     The libavfilter graph string. The filter must have a single video input  pad
                     and a single video output pad.

                     See for syntax and available filters.

                        If  you  want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have to
                        quote the filter graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax  and  the  filter
                        graph syntax from clashing.


                        -vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]
                               gradfun  filter  with  nonsense  parameters,  followed  by a vflip
                               filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a graph  and  not
                               just  a  single  filter.) The filter graph string is quoted with [
                               and ]. This requires no additional quoting or escaping  with  some
                               shells  (like  bash), while others (like zsh) require additional "
                               quotes around the option string.

                               Same as before, but uses quoting that  should  be  safe  with  all
                               shells.  The  outer  '  quotes  make  sure that the shell does not
                               remove the " quotes needed by mpv.

                               Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.

                     If libavfilter inserts filters for  pixel  format  conversion,  this  option
                     gives the flags which should be passed to libswscale. This option is numeric
                     and takes a bit-wise combination of SWS_ flags.


              <o>    Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.


                               forces a specific threading configuration.

              Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow),  allowing  gamma  correction  in
              addition  to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are given as
              floating point values.

                     initial gamma value (default: 1.0)

              <-2-2> initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image (default:

              <-1-1> initial brightness (default: 0.0)

              <0-3>  initial saturation (default: 1.0)

                     gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)

                     gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)

                     gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)

              <0-1>  The  weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value
                     on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting  overamplified  and  just
                     plain  white.  A  value  of  0.0 turns the gamma correction all the way down
                     while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).

              Pulldown  reversal  (inverse  telecine)   filter,   capable   of   handling   mixed
              hard-telecine,  24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.
              The pullup filter makes use of future  context  in  making  its  decisions.  It  is
              stateless  in  the  sense  that  it  does not lock onto a pattern to follow, but it
              instead looks forward to the following fields in  order  to  identify  matches  and
              rebuild progressive frames.

              jl, jr, jt, and jb
                     These  options  set  the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top,
                     and bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units of 8  pixels,
                     while  top/bottom  are  in units of 2 lines. The default is 8 pixels on each

              sb (strict breaks)
                     Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances  of  pullup  generating  an
                     occasional  mismatched  frame,  but it may also cause an excessive number of
                     frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely,  setting  it
                     to -1 will make pullup match fields more easily. This may help process video
                     with slight blurring between the  fields,  but  may  also  cause  interlaced
                     frames in the output.

              mp (metric plane)
                     This  option  may be set to u or v to use a chroma plane instead of the luma
                     plane for doing pullup's computations. This may  improve  accuracy  on  very
                     clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if
                     there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or  any  grayscale  video.  The  main
                     purpose  of  setting  mp  to  a  chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make
                     pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

              Yet another deinterlacing filter


                     frame  Output 1 frame for each frame.

                     field  Output 1 frame for each field (default).

                            Like frame but skips spatial interlacing check.

                            Like field but skips spatial interlacing check.


                     no     Deinterlace all frames.

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).

              This filter is automatically inserted when using the d key (or any other  key  that
              toggles  the deinterlace property or when using the --deinterlace switch), assuming
              the video output does not have native deinterlacing support.

              If you just want to set the default mode, put this  filter  and  its  options  into
              --vf-defaults instead, and enable deinterlacing with d or --deinterlace.

              Also,  note  that  the  d  key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice when
              inserting yadif with --vf, so using the above methods is recommended.

              Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary  point  in  the  filter  chain,  or  force
              subtitle  rendering  in  the  video  filter  as  opposed  to using video output OSD

                     Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place
                     subtitles there (with --sub-use-margins).

                     Black band on the top for toptitles  (with --sub-use-margins).


                        Moves  sub  rendering  before  the eq filter. This will put both subtitle
                        colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer settings.

              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

              <in>   Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:

                     sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                            side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)

                     sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                            side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)

                     abl or above_below_left_first
                            above-below (left eye above, right eye below)

                     abr or above_below_right_first
                            above-below (right eye above, left eye below)

                     ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                            above-below with half height resolution (left eye  above,  right  eye

                     ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                            above-below  with  half  height resolution (right eye above, left eye

              <out>  Stereoscopic image format of output.  Possible  values  are  all  the  input
                     formats as well as:

                     arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                            anaglyph  red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right

                     arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye,  cyan  filter
                            on right eye)

                     arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right

                     arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                            anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the  least-squares  projection
                            of Dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                            anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter
                            on right eye)

                     agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                            anaglyph green/magenta  half  colored  (green  filter  on  left  eye,
                            magenta filter on right eye)

                     agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                            anaglyph  green/magenta  colored  (green  filter on left eye, magenta
                            filter on right eye)

                     aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                            anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter  on
                            right eye)

                     aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                            anaglyph  yellow/blue  half  colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
                            filter on right eye)

                     aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                            anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue  filter
                            on right eye)

                     irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                            Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)

                     irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                            Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

                     ml or mono_left
                            mono output (left eye only)

                     mr or mono_right
                            mono output (right eye only)

              Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by
              truncation to 8-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that  should  go  where
              the bands are, and dithers them.

                     Maximum  amount  by  which  the  filter  will change any one pixel. Also the
                     threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5).

                     Neighborhood to fit the  gradient  to.  Larger  radius  makes  for  smoother
                     gradients,  but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed
                     regions (default: disabled).

              <size> size of the filter in percent of the image diagonal size. This  is  used  to
                     calculate the final radius size (default: 1).

              Loads  a  VapourSynth  filter script. This is intended for streamed processing: mpv
              actually provides a source filter, instead of  using  a  native  VapourSynth  video
              source.  The  mpv  source  will answer frame requests only within a small window of
              frames (the size of this window is controlled with the buffered-frames  parameter),
              and  requests  outside  of that will return errors. As such, you can't use the full
              power of VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters.

              If you just want to play video generated by a  VapourSynth  (i.e.  using  a  native
              VapourSynth  video  source), it's better to use vspipe and a FIFO to feed the video
              to mpv. The same applies if the filter script requires  random  frame  access  (see
              buffered-frames parameter).

              This  filter  is  experimental.  If it turns out that it works well and is used, it
              will be ported to libavfilter. Otherwise, it will be just removed.

              file   Filename of the script source. Currently, this is always  a  python  script.
                     The  variable  video_in  is  set to the mpv video source, and it is expected
                     that the script reads video from it. (Otherwise, mpv will decode  no  video,
                     and  the video packet queue will overflow, eventually leading to audio being
                     stopped.) The script is also expected to pass through timestamps  using  the
                     _DurationNum and _DurationDen frame properties.


                            import vapoursynth as vs
                            core = vs.get_core()
                            core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output()

                        The  script  will  be  reloaded  on every seek. This is done to reset the
                        filter properly on discontinuities.

                     Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be  buffered  before  the
                     filter  (default: 4). This specifies the maximum number of frames the script
                     can request in reverse direction.  E.g. if buffered-frames=5, and the script
                     just  requested  frame 15, it can still request frame 10, but frame 9 is not
                     available anymore.  If it requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more frames,
                     and keep only frames 25-30.

                     The  actual  number  of  buffered  frames  also  depends on the value of the
                     concurrent-frames option. Currently, both option values  are  multiplied  to
                     get the final buffer size.

                     (Normally,  VapourSynth  source  filters must provide random access, but mpv
                     was made for playback, and does not provide frame-exact random  access.  The
                     way  this  video  filter  works  is a compromise to make simple filters work

                     Number of frames  that  should  be  requested  in  parallel.  The  level  of
                     concurrency  depends  on  the filter and how quickly mpv can decode video to
                     feed the filter. This value should probably be proportional to the number of
                     cores  on your machine. Most time, making it higher than the number of cores
                     can actually make it slower.

                     By default, this uses the special value auto, which sets the option  to  the
                     number of detected logical CPU cores.

              The following variables are defined by mpv:

                     The  mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length set,
                     which confuses many filters. Using Trim on the clip with a high dummy length
                     can turn it into a finite clip.

              video_in_dw, video_in_dh
                     Display  size  of  the  video. Can be different from video size if the video
                     does not use square pixels (e.g. DVD).

                     FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or completely
                     broken  (e.g.  0  or  NaN).  Even if the value is correct, if another filter
                     changes the real FPS (by dropping or inserting frames), the  value  of  this
                     variable  might  not  be  useful.  Note  that  the --fps command line option
                     overrides this value.

                     Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.

                     Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.

              The same as vapoursynth, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a custom backend
              using  Lua and the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax is completely different,
              and absolutely no convenience features  are  provided.  There's  no  type  checking
              either, and you can trigger crashes.


                     video_out = invoke("morpho", "Open", {clip = video_in})

              The  special  variable video_in is the mpv video source, while the special variable
              video_out is used to read video from. The 1st argument is the plugin (queried  with
              getPluginByNs),  the  2nd  is the filter name, and the 3rd argument is a table with
              the arguments. Positional  arguments  are  not  supported.  The  types  must  match
              exactly.  Since  Lua is terrible and can't distinguish integers and floats, integer
              arguments must be prefixed with i_, in which case the prefix  is  removed  and  the
              argument  is  cast  to an integer. Should the argument's name start with i_, you're
              out of luck.

              Clips (VSNodeRef) are passed as  light  userdata,  so  trying  to  pass  any  other
              userdata type will result in hard crashes.

       vavpp  VA-AP-API  video  post  processing.  Works  with  --vo=vaapi  and --vo=opengl only.
              Currently deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if  deinterlacing  is
              requested  (either  using  the  d  key,  by  default  mapped  to  the command cycle
              deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option).

                     Select the deinterlacing algorithm.

                     no     Don't perform deinterlacing.

                            Show only first field (going by --field-dominance).

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default).

                     weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
                            Advanced  deinterlacing  algorithms.  Whether  these  actually   work
                            depends  on  the  GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and mpv


                     no     Deinterlace all frames.

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).


                     no     Use the API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers.  While  this
                            interpretation  was  more  obvious  and  inuitive,  it was apparently
                            wrong, and not shared by Intel driver developers.

                     yes    Use Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards  references
                            (default).  This is what Intel drivers and newer Mesa drivers expect.
                            Matters only for the advanced deinterlacing algorithms.

              VDPAU video post processing. Works  with  --vo=vdpau  and  --vo=opengl  only.  This
              filter  is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested (either using the d
              key, by default mapped to the  command  cycle  deinterlace,  or  the  --deinterlace
              option).  When  enabling  deinterlacing,  it  is  always  preferred  over  software
              deinterlacer filters if the vdpau VO is used,  and  also  if  opengl  is  used  and
              hardware decoding was activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded).

                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for negative
                     values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).

                     Apply a noise reduction  algorithm  to  the  video  (default:  0;  no  noise

                     Whether  deinterlacing is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use the
                     mode selected with deint-mode.

                     Select  deinterlacing  mode  (default:   temporal).    All   modes   respect

                     Note  that  there's currently a mechanism that allows the vdpau VO to change
                     the deint-mode of auto-inserted vdpaupp filters. To  avoid  confusion,  it's
                     recommended not to use the --vo=vdpau suboptions related to filtering.

                            Show only first field.

                     bob    Bob deinterlacing.

                            Motion-adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing. May lead to A/V desync with
                            slow video hardware and/or high resolution.

                            Motion-adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing  with  edge-guided   spatial
                            interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.

                     Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).  Use
                     no-chroma-deint to solely use luma  and  speed  up  advanced  deinterlacing.
                     Useful with slow video memory.

              pullup Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

                     If yes (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.


                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

              Direct3D  11  video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware decoding for

                     Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no).

                     If yes (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

                     Tries to select a video processor with the given processing capability.   If
                     a  video  processor  supports  multiple  capabilities, it is not clear which
                     algorithm is actually selected. none always falls back. On most if  not  all
                     hardware,  this  option  will probably do nothing, because a video processor
                     usually supports all modes or none.

              Buffer <num> frames in the filter chain. This filter is  probably  pretty  useless,
              except  for  debugging.  (Note  that  this  won't help to smooth out latencies with
              decoding, because the filter will never output a frame if the  buffer  isn't  full,
              except on EOF.)


       You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

              Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name.

              Specifies  the output format (overrides autodetection by the file name extension of
              the file specified by -o). This can be a comma separated list of  possible  formats
              to try. See --of=help for a full list of supported formats.

              Specifies  the output format options for libavformat.  See --ofopts=help for a full
              list of supported options.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative
                     numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

                     Completely empties the options list.

       --ofps=<float value>
              Specifies  the  output  format time base (default: 24000). Low values like 25 limit
              video fps by dropping frames.

              Sets the output format time base to the guessed  frame  rate  of  the  input  video
              (simulates  MEncoder  behavior,  useful for AVI; may cause frame drops).  Note that
              not all codecs and not all formats support VFR encoding, and  some  which  do  have
              bugs  when  a  target  bitrate is specified - use --ofps or --oautofps to force CFR
              encoding in these cases.

       --omaxfps=<float value>
              Specifies the minimum distance of adjacent frames (default: 0, which means  unset).
              Content of lower frame rate is not readjusted to this frame rate; content of higher
              frame rate is decimated to this frame rate.

              If set, the frame rate given by --ofps is attained not by skipping time codes,  but
              by duplicating frames (constant frame rate mode).

              If  set,  frames  are never dropped. Instead, time codes of video are readjusted to
              always increase. This may cause AV desync, though;  to  work  around  this,  use  a
              high-fps time base using --ofps and absolutely avoid --oautofps.

              Specifies  the  output  audio codec. This can be a comma separated list of possible
              codecs to try. See --oac=help for a full list of supported codecs.

              Shifts audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing samples at  the

              Specifies  the output audio codec options for libavcodec.  See --oacopts=help for a
              full list of supported options.


                 --oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000
                        selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative
                     numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

                     Completely empties the options list.

              Force  the  audio stream to become the first stream in the output.  By default, the
              order is unspecified.

              Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated  list  of  possible
              codecs to try. See --ovc=help for a full list of supported codecs.

              Shifts video data by the given time (in seconds) by shifting the pts values.

       --ovcopts <options>
              Specifies  the output video codec options for libavcodec.  See --ovcopts=help for a
              full list of supported options.


                 "--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"
                        selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.

                 "--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"
                        selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

                     Deletes the options at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative
                     numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

                     Completely empties the options list.

              Force  the  video stream to become the first stream in the output.  By default, the
              order is unspecified.

              Copies input pts to the output  video  (not  supported  by  some  output  container
              formats, e.g. AVI). Discontinuities are still fixed.  By default, audio pts are set
              to playback time and video pts are synchronized to match audio pts, as some  output
              formats do not support anything else.

              Copies  input  pts  to  the  output  video  (not supported by some output container
              formats, e.g. AVI). In this mode, discontinuities are not fixed  and  all  pts  are
              passed  through  as-is.  Never  seek  backwards or use multiple input files in this

              Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when encoding (which
              is enabled by default).


       The  mpv core can be controlled with commands and properties. A number of ways to interact
       with the player use  them:  key  bindings  (input.conf),  OSD  (showing  information  with
       properties), JSON IPC, the client API (libmpv), and the classic slave mode.

       The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example:

          s screenshot      # take a screenshot with the s key
          LEFT seek 15      # map the left-arrow key to seeking forward by 15 seconds

       Each  line  maps  a  key  to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal value
       (upper case if combined with Shift), or a name for special keys. For example,  a  maps  to
       the a key without shift, and A maps to a with shift.

       The    file    is    located   in   the   mpv   configuration   directory   (normally   at
       ~/.config/mpv/input.conf depending on platform). The default bindings are defined here:

       A list of special keys can be obtained with
          mpv --input-keylist

       In general, keys can be combined with Shift, Ctrl and Alt:

          ctrl+q quit

       mpv can be started in input test mode,  which  displays  key  bindings  and  the  commands
       they're bound to on the OSD, instead of executing the commands:

          mpv --input-test --force-window --idle

       (Only  closing the window will make mpv exit, pressing normal keys will merely display the
       binding, even if mapped to quit.)

   General Input Command Syntax
       [Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] [<prefixes>]  <command>  (<argument>)*  [;

       Note that by default, the right Alt key can be used to create special characters, and thus
       does not register as a modifier. The option --no-input-right-alt-gr changes this behavior.

       Newlines always start a new  binding.  #  starts  a  comment  (outside  of  quoted  string
       arguments). To bind commands to the # key, SHARP can be used.

       <key>  is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode character), or a
       symbolic name (as printed by --input-keylist).

       <section> (braced with { and }) is the input section for this command.

       Arguments are separated by whitespace. This applies even to string  arguments.   For  this
       reason,  string  arguments should be quoted with ". Inside quotes, C-style escaping can be

       You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example:
       a show-text "command 1" ; show-text "command 2"

       It's also possible to bind a command to a sequence of keys:
       a-b-c show-text "command run after a, b, c have been pressed"

       (This is not shown in the general command syntax.)

       If a or a-b or b are already bound, this will run the first command that matches, and  the
       multi-key  command  will  never  be called. Intermediate keys can be remapped to ignore in
       order to avoid this issue. The maximum number of (non-modifier) keys for  combinations  is
       currently 4.

   List of Input Commands
       ignore Use  this  to  "block"  keys  that  should  be  unbound, and do nothing. Useful for
              disabling   default    bindings,    without    disabling    all    bindings    with

       seek <seconds> [relative|absolute|absolute-percent|relative-percent|exact|keyframes]
              Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of seconds.

              The second argument consists of flags controlling the seek mode:

              relative (default)
                     Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards).

                     Seek to a given time (a negative value starts from the end of the file).

                     Seek to a given percent position.

                     Seek relative to current position in percent.

                     Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast).

              exact  Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow).

              Multiple flags can be combined, e.g.: absolute+keyframes.

              By  default,  keyframes  is used for relative seeks, and exact is used for absolute

              Before mpv 0.9, the keyframes and exact flags had to be  passed  as  3rd  parameter
              (essentially using a space instead of +). The 3rd parameter is still parsed, but is
              considered deprecated.

       revert-seek [mode]
              Undoes the seek command, and some other commands that seek (but not necessarily all
              of  them).  Calling this command once will jump to the playback position before the
              seek. Calling it a second time undoes the revert-seek  command  itself.  This  only
              works within a single file.

              The first argument is optional, and can change the behavior:

              mark   Mark  the  current  time  position. The next normal revert-seek command will
                     seek back to this point, no matter how many seeks happened since last time.

              Using it without any arguments gives you the default behavior.

              Play one frame, then pause. Does nothing with audio-only playback.

              Go back by one frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries  to  be
              precise,  not fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How well this works
              depends   on   whether   precise   seeking   works   correctly   (e.g.    see   the
              --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option). Video filters or other video post-processing that
              modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should usually work, but might  make
              backstepping    silently    behave    incorrectly    in    corner    cases.   Using
              --hr-seek-framedrop=no should help, although it might make precise seeking slower.

              This does not work with audio-only playback.

       set <property> <value>
              Set the given property to the given value.

       add <property> [<value>]
              Add the given value to the property. On overflow or underflow, clamp  the  property
              to the maximum. If <value> is omitted, assume 1.

       cycle <property> [up|down]
              Cycle the given property. up and down set the cycle direction. On overflow, set the
              property back to the minimum, on underflow set it to the maximum. If up or down  is
              omitted, assume up.

       multiply <property> <factor>
              Multiplies the value of a property with the numeric factor.

       screenshot [subtitles|video|window|single|each-frame]
              Take a screenshot.

              Multiple flags are available (some can be combined with +):

              <subtitles> (default)
                     Save  the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.  Some
                     video outputs may  still  include  the  OSD  in  the  output  under  certain

                     Like  subtitles,  but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact behavior
                     depends on the selected video output.

                     Save the contents  of  the  mpv  window.  Typically  scaled,  with  OSD  and
                     subtitles.  The  exact behavior depends on the selected video output, and if
                     no support is available, this will act like video.

                     Take a screenshot each frame.  Issue  this  command  again  to  stop  taking
                     screenshots.  Note  that  you  should disable frame-dropping when using this
                     mode - or you might receive duplicate images  in  cases  when  a  frame  was
                     dropped.   This   flag   can   be   combined  with  the  other  flags,  e.g.

              Older mpv versions required passing single and each-frame as second  argument  (and
              did  not  have flags). This syntax is still understood, but deprecated and might be
              removed in the future.

              Setting the async flag will  make  encoding  and  writing  the  actual  image  file
              asynchronous  in  most  cases.  (each-frame  mode  ignores  this  flag  currently.)
              Requesting async screenshots too  early  or  too  often  could  lead  to  the  same
              filenames being chosen, and overwriting each others in undefined order.

       screenshot-to-file <filename> [subtitles|video|window]
              Take  a  screenshot  and  save  it  to a given file. The format of the file will be
              guessed by the extension (and --screenshot-format is ignored -  the  behavior  when
              the extension is missing or unknown is arbitrary).

              The second argument is like the first argument to screenshot.

              If the file already exists, it's overwritten.

              Like all input command parameters, the filename is subject to property expansion as
              described in Property Expansion.

              The async flag has an effect on this command (see screenshot command).

       playlist-next [weak|force]
              Go to the next entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist.

       playlist-prev [weak|force]
              Go to the previous entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if the first file is being played.

       loadfile <file> [replace|append|append-play [options]]
              Load the given file and play it.

              Second argument:

              <replace> (default)
                     Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately.

                     Append the file to the playlist.

                     Append the file, and  if  nothing  is  currently  playing,  start  playback.
                     (Always  starts  with  the  added  file,  even if the playlist was not empty
                     before running this command.)

              The third argument is a list of options and values which should be  set  while  the
              file is playing. It is of the form opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...  Not all options can
              be changed this way. Some options require a restart of the player.

       loadlist <playlist> [replace|append]
              Load the given playlist file (like --playlist).

              Clear the playlist, except the currently played file.

       playlist-remove current|<index>
              Remove the playlist entry at the given index. Index values start counting  with  0.
              The special value current removes the current entry. Note that removing the current
              entry also stops playback and starts playing the next entry.

       playlist-move <index1> <index2>
              Move the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the entry  index2.
              (Paradoxically, the moved playlist entry will not have the index value index2 after
              moving if index1 was lower than index2, because index2 refers to the target  entry,
              not the index the entry will have after moving.)

              Shuffle  the  playlist.  This  is similar to what is done on start if the --shuffle
              option is used.

       run command arg1 arg2 ...
              Run the given command. Unlike in  MPlayer/mplayer2  and  earlier  versions  of  mpv
              (0.2.x  and  older),  this  doesn't  call  the  shell.  Instead, the command is run
              directly, with each argument passed separately. Each argument is expanded  like  in
              Property  Expansion.  Note  that  there is a static limit of (as of this writing) 9
              arguments (this limit could be raised on demand).

              The program is run in a detached  way.  mpv  doesn't  wait  until  the  command  is
              completed, but continues playback right after spawning it.

              To get the old behavior, use /bin/sh and -c as the first two arguments.


                        run "/bin/sh" "-c" "echo ${title} > /tmp/playing"

                        This  is  not  a  particularly  good  example,  because it doesn't handle
                        escaping, and a specially  prepared  file  might  allow  an  attacker  to
                        execute  arbitrary  shell  commands.  It  is recommended to write a small
                        shell script, and call that with run.

       quit [<code>]
              Exit the player. If an argument is given, it's used as process exit code.

       quit-watch-later [<code>]
              Exit player, and store current playback position. Playing that file later will seek
              to  the  previous  position  on start. The (optional) argument is exactly as in the
              quit command.

       sub-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given subtitle file. It is selected as current subtitle after loading.

              The flags args is one of the following values:

                 Select the subtitle immediately.

                 Don't select the subtitle. (Or in  some  special  situations,  let  the  default
                 stream selection mechanism decide.)

                 Select  the  subtitle.  If  a subtitle with the same filename was already added,
                 that one is selected, instead of loading a  duplicate  entry.   (In  this  case,
                 title/language  are  ignored,  and if the was changed since it was loaded, these
                 changes won't be reflected.)

              The title argument sets the track title in the UI.

              The lang argument sets the track language, and can also influence stream  selection
              with flags set to auto.

       sub-remove [<id>]
              Remove  the given subtitle track. If the id argument is missing, remove the current
              track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)

       sub-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the id argument is missing, reload the current
              track. (Works on external subtitle files only.)

              This works by unloading and re-adding the subtitle track.

       sub-step <skip>
              Change subtitle timing such, that the subtitle event after the next <skip> subtitle
              events is displayed. <skip> can be negative to step backwards.

       sub-seek <skip>
              Seek to the next (skip set to 1) or the previous (skip set to -1)  subtitle.   This
              is  similar  to sub-step, except that it seeks video and audio instead of adjusting
              the subtitle delay.

              For embedded subtitles (like with Matroska), this works only with  subtitle  events
              that have already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch range.

       osd [<level>]
              Toggle  OSD  level.  If <level> is specified, set the OSD mode (see --osd-level for
              valid values).

       print-text <string>
              Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see Property Expansion).

       show-text <string> [<duration>|- [<level>]]
              Show text on the OSD. The string can contain  properties,  which  are  expanded  as
              described  in Property Expansion. This can be used to show playback time, filename,
              and so on.

                     The time in ms to show the message for. By default, it uses the  same  value
                     as --osd-duration.

                     The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see --osd-level).

       expand-text <string>
              Property-expand  the argument and return the expanded string. This can be used only
              through the client API or from a  script  using  mp.command_native.  (see  Property

              Show  the  progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file on the

              Write the resume config file that the quit-watch-later command writes, but continue
              playback normally.

       stop   Stop  playback  and clear playlist. With default settings, this is essentially like
              quit. Useful for the client API: playback can be stopped  without  terminating  the

       mouse <x> <y> [<button> [single|double]]
              Send a mouse event with given coordinate (<x>, <y>).

              Second argument:

                     The  button  number of clicked mouse button. This should be one of 0-19.  If
                     <button> is omitted, only the position will be updated.

              Third argument:

              <single> (default)
                     The mouse event represents regular single click.

                     The mouse event represents double-click.

       keypress <key_name>
              Send a key event through mpv's  input  handler,  triggering  whatever  behavior  is
              configured  to  that  key.  key_name uses the input.conf naming scheme for keys and
              modifiers. Useful for the client API: key events can be sent to  libmpv  to  handle

       keydown <key_name>
              Similar  to  keypress,  but  sets the KEYDOWN flag so that if the key is bound to a
              repeatable command, it will be run repeatedly with mpv's key  repeat  timing  until
              the keyup command is called.

       keyup [<key_name>]
              Set  the  KEYUP  flag,  stopping  any  repeated  behavior  that had been triggered.
              key_name is optional. If key_name is not given or is an empty string, KEYUP will be
              set  on  all  keys.  Otherwise,  KEYUP  will  only  be  set on the key specified by

       audio-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given audio file. See sub-add command.

       audio-remove [<id>]
              Remove the given audio track. See sub-remove command.

       audio-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given audio tracks. See sub-reload command.

       rescan-external-files [<mode>]
              Rescan external files according to the  current  --sub-auto  and  --audio-file-auto
              settings. This can be used to auto-load external files after the file was loaded.

              The mode argument is one of the following:

              <reselect> (default)
                     Select  the  default  audio  and  subtitle  streams, which typically selects
                     external files with the  highest  preference.  (The  implementation  is  not
                     perfect, and could be improved on request.)

                     Do not change current track selections.

   Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
       af set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change audio filter chain. See vf command.

       vf set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change video filter chain.

              The first argument decides what happens:

              set    Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one.

              add    Append the new filter chain to the previous one.

              toggle Check  if  the  given  filter  (with the exact parameters) is already in the
                     video chain. If yes, remove the filter. If no, add the filter.  (If  several
                     filters are passed to the command, this is done for each filter.)

                     A  special  variant  is  combining this with labels, and using @name without
                     filter name and parameters as filter entry. This toggles the  enable/disable

              del    Remove  the  given  filters from the video chain. Unlike in the other cases,
                     the second parameter is a comma separated list of filter  names  or  integer
                     indexes.  0  would  denote the first filter. Negative indexes start from the
                     last filter, and -1 denotes the last filter.

              clr    Remove all filters. Note that like the other  sub-commands,  this  does  not
                     control automatically inserted filters.

              The argument is always needed. E.g. in case of clr use vf clr "".

              You  can  assign  labels  to  filter by prefixing them with @name: (where name is a
              user-chosen arbitrary identifier). Labels can be used to refer to filters  by  name
              in  all  of the filter chain modification commands.  For add, using an already used
              label will replace the existing filter.

              The vf command shows the list of requested filters on the OSD  after  changing  the
              filter   chain.   This   is  roughly  equivalent  to  show-text  ${vf}.  Note  that
              auto-inserted filters for format conversion are not shown on the  list,  only  what
              was requested by the user.

              Normally,   the   commands   will  check  whether  the  video  chain  is  recreated
              successfully, and will undo the operation on failure. If the command is run  before
              video  is  configured (can happen if the command is run immediately after opening a
              file and before a video frame is decoded), this check can't be  run.  Then  it  can
              happen that creating the video chain fails.

                 Example for input.conf

                 · a vf set flip turn video upside-down on the a key

                 · b vf set "" remove all video filters on b

                 · c vf toggle lavfi=gradfun toggle debanding on c

                 Example how to toggle disabled filters at runtime

                 · Add something vf-add=@deband:!lavfi=[gradfun] to mpv.conf. The @deband: is the
                   label, and deband is an arbitrary, user-given name for this filter entry.  The
                   ! before the filter name disables the filter by default. Everything after this
                   is the normal filter name and the filter parameters.

                 · Add a vf toggle @deband to input.conf. This toggles the  "disabled"  flag  for
                   the filter identified with deband.

       cycle-values ["!reverse"] <property> <value1> <value2> ...
              Cycle  through  a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the given
              property to the next value in the list. The command maintains an  internal  counter
              which  value to pick next, and which is initially 0. It is reset to 0 once the last
              value is reached.

              The internal counter is associated using the property name and the value  list.  If
              multiple  commands (bound to different keys) use the same name and value list, they
              will share the internal counter.

              The special argument !reverse can be used to  cycle  the  value  list  in  reverse.
              Compared  with  a  command  that just lists the value in reverse, this command will
              actually share the internal counter with the forward-cycling key binding  (as  long
              as the rest of the arguments are the same).

              Note  that there is a static limit of (as of this writing) 10 arguments (this limit
              could be raised on demand).

       enable-section <section> [flags]
              Enable all key bindings in the named input section.

              The enabled input sections form a stack. Bindings in sections on  the  top  of  the
              stack  are preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section on top of the
              stack. If  the  section  was  already  on  the  stack,  it  is  implicitly  removed
              beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack more than once.)

              The flags parameter can be a combination (separated by +) of the following flags:

                     All  sections  enabled  before the newly enabled section are disabled.  They
                     will be re-enabled as soon as all exclusive sections above them are removed.
                     In other words, the new section shadows all previous sections.

                     This feature can't be used through the public API.


       disable-section <section>
              Disable the named input section. Undoes enable-section.

       define-section <section> <contents> [default|force]
              Create  a named input section, or replace the contents of an already existing input
              section. The contents parameter uses the same syntax as the input.conf file (except
              that using the section syntax in it is not allowed), including the need to separate
              bindings with a newline character.

              If the contents parameter is an empty string, the section is removed.

              The section with the name default is the normal input section.

              In general, input sections have to be enabled with the enable-section  command,  or
              they are ignored.

              The last parameter has the following meaning:

              <default> (also used if parameter omitted)
                     Use  a  key  binding defined by this section only if the user hasn't already
                     bound this key to a command.

                     Always bind a key. (The input section that was  made  active  most  recently
                     wins if there are ambiguities.)

              This  command  can  be  used to dispatch arbitrary keys to a script or a client API
              user. If the input section defines script-binding commands, it is also possible  to
              get  separate  events on key up/down, and relatively detailed information about the
              key state. The special key name unmapped can be used to match any unmapped key.

       overlay-add <id> <x> <y> <file> <offset> <fmt> <w> <h> <stride>
              Add an OSD overlay sourced from raw data. This might  be  useful  for  scripts  and
              applications  controlling mpv, and which want to display things on top of the video

              Overlays are usually displayed  in  screen  resolution,  but  with  some  VOs,  the
              resolution  is  reduced  to  that  of  the  video's. You can read the osd-width and
              osd-height properties. At least with --vo-xv and anamorphic video  (such  as  DVD),
              osd-par should be read as well, and the overlay should be aspect-compensated.

              id  is  an  integer between 0 and 63 identifying the overlay element. The ID can be
              used to add multiple overlay parts, update a part by using  this  command  with  an
              already  existing  ID,  or to remove a part with overlay-remove. Using a previously
              unused ID will add a new overlay, while reusing an ID will update it.

              x and y specify the position where the OSD should be displayed.

              file specifies the file the raw image data is read from. It can be either a numeric
              UNIX  file  descriptor  prefixed  with @ (e.g. @4), or a filename. The file will be
              mapped into memory with mmap(), copied, and unmapped  before  the  command  returns
              (changed in mpv 0.18.1).

              It  is  also  possible  to  pass  a  raw memory address for use as bitmap memory by
              passing a memory address as integer prefixed with  an  &  character.   Passing  the
              wrong  thing  here  will  crash  the player. This mode might be useful for use with
              libmpv. The offset parameter is simply added  to  the  memory  address  (since  mpv
              0.8.0, ignored before).

              offset  is  the  byte  offset  of the first pixel in the source file.  (The current
              implementation always mmap's the whole file from position  0  to  the  end  of  the
              image,  so  large  offsets  should  be  avoided.  Before  mpv 0.8.0, the offset was
              actually passed directly to mmap, but it was changed to make using it easier.)

              fmt is a string identifying the image format. Currently, only bgra is defined. This
              format  has 4 bytes per pixels, with 8 bits per component.  The least significant 8
              bits are blue, and the most significant 8 bits are alpha  (in  little  endian,  the
              components are B-G-R-A, with B as first byte). This uses premultiplied alpha: every
              color component is already multiplied with the  alpha  component.  This  means  the
              numeric  value  of  each component is equal to or smaller than the alpha component.
              (Violating this rule will lead to different results  with  different  VOs:  numeric
              overflows  resulting from blending broken alpha values is considered something that
              shouldn't happen, and  consequently  implementations  don't  ensure  that  you  get
              predictable behavior in this case.)

              w,  h,  and  stride  specify the size of the overlay. w is the visible width of the
              overlay, while stride gives the width in bytes in memory. In the simple  case,  and
              with the bgra format, stride==4*w.  In general, the total amount of memory accessed
              is stride * h.  (Technically, the minimum size would be stride * (h - 1) + w  *  4,
              but for simplicity, the player will access all stride * h bytes.)

                 Before  mpv  0.18.1,  you  had  to do manual "double buffering" when updating an
                 overlay by replacing it with a different memory buffer. Since  mpv  0.18.1,  the
                 memory is simply copied and doesn't reference any of the memory indicated by the
                 command's arguments after the commend returns.  If you want to use this  command
                 before mpv 0.18.1, reads the old docs to see how to handle this correctly.

       overlay-remove <id>
              Remove  an  overlay  added  with  overlay-add  and  the same ID. Does nothing if no
              overlay with this ID exists.

       script-message <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Send a message to all clients, and pass it the following list of  arguments.   What
              this  message  means,  how  many arguments it takes, and what the arguments mean is
              fully up to the receiver and the sender. Every client receives the message,  so  be
              careful about name clashes (or use script-message-to).

       script-message-to <target> <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Same  as script-message, but send it only to the client named <target>. Each client
              (scripts etc.) has a unique name. For example, Lua scripts can get their  name  via

       script-binding <name>
              Invoke  a  script-provided  key  binding.  This  can  be used to remap key bindings
              provided by external Lua scripts.

              The argument is the name of the binding.

              It can optionally be prefixed with the name of the script, using  /  as  separator,
              e.g. script-binding scriptname/bindingname.

              For  completeness,  here  is  how  this command works internally. The details could
              change any time. On any matching key event, script-message-to or script-message  is
              called  (depending  on  whether  the  script  name is included), with the following

              1. The string key-binding.

              2. The name of the binding (as established above).

              3. The key state as string (see below).

              4. The key name (since mpv 0.15.0).

              The key state consists of 2 letters:

              1. One of d (key was pressed down), u (was released), r (key is still down, and was
                 repeated;  only  if key repeat is enabled for this binding), p (key was pressed;
                 happens if up/down can't be tracked).

              2. Whether the event originates from the  mouse,  either  m  (mouse  button)  or  -
                 (something else).

              Cycle  through  A-B  loop  states.  The  first  command  will  set the A point (the
              ab-loop-a property); the second the B point, and the third will clear both points.

              Drop  audio/video/demuxer  buffers,  and  restart  from  fresh.  Might  help   with
              unseekable  streams  that  are going out of sync.  This command might be changed or
              removed in the future.

       screenshot-raw [subtitles|video|window]
              Return a screenshot in memory. This can be used only through the  client  API.  The
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP  returned  by  this  command has the w, h, stride fields set to
              obvious contents. The format field is set  to  bgr0  by  default.  This  format  is
              organized  as  B8G8R8X8  (where  B  is  the LSB). The contents of the padding X are
              undefined. The data field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY with  the  actual  image
              data.  The  image  is  freed as soon as the result mpv_node is freed. As usual with
              client API semantics, you are not allowed to write to the image data.

       vf-command <label> <cmd> <args>
              Send a command to the filter with the given <label>. Use all  to  send  it  to  all
              filters  at  once.  The  command and argument string is filter specific. Currently,
              this only works with the lavfi filter - see the libavfilter documentation for which
              commands a filter supports.

              Note that the <label> is a mpv filter label, not a libavfilter filter name.

       af-command <label> <cmd> <args>
              Same as vf-command, but for audio filters.

       apply-profile <name>
              Apply  the contents of a named profile. This is like using profile=name in a config
              file, except you can map it to a key binding to change it at runtime.

              There is no such thing as "unapplying" a profile - applying a profile  merely  sets
              all option values listed within the profile.

       load-script <path>
              Load a script, similar to the --script option.

       Undocumented commands: tv-last-channel (TV/DVB only), ao-reload (experimental/internal).

       Hooks  are synchronous events between player core and a script or similar. This applies to
       client API (including the Lua scripting interface). Normally, events are  supposed  to  be
       asynchronous,  and  the hook API provides an awkward and obscure way to handle events that
       require stricter coordination. There are no API stability guarantees made.  Not  following
       the  protocol  exactly  can  make the player freeze randomly. Basically, nobody should use
       this API.

       There are two special commands involved. Also, the client must listen for client  messages

       hook-add <hook-name> <id> <priority>
              Subscribe  to  the  hook  identified  by the first argument (basically, the name of
              event). The id argument is an arbitrary integer chosen by  the  user.  priority  is
              used  to  sort  all  hook  handlers  globally  across  all clients. Each client can
              register multiple hook handlers (even for the same hook-name).  Once  the  hook  is
              registered, it cannot be unregistered.

              When a specific event happens, all registered handlers are run serially.  This uses
              a protocol every client has to follow explicitly. When a hook  handler  is  run,  a
              client  message  (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE)  is sent to the client which registered
              the hook. This message has the following arguments:

              1. the string hook_run

              2. the id argument the hook was registered with as string  (this  can  be  used  to
                 correctly handle multiple hooks registered by the same client, as long as the id
                 argument is unique in the client)

              3. something undefined,  used  by  the  hook  mechanism  to  track  hook  execution
                 (currently, it's the hook-name, but this might change without warning)

              Upon receiving this message, the client can handle the event. While doing this, the
              player core will still react to requests, but playback will typically be stopped.

              When the client is done, it must continue the core's hook execution by running  the
              hook-ack command.

       hook-ack <string>
              Run the next hook in the global chain of hooks. The argument is the 3rd argument of
              the client message that starts hook execution for the current client.

       The following hooks are currently defined:

              Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done.  For example,
              you  could  read  and write the stream-open-filename property to redirect an URL to
              something else (consider support for streaming sites which rarely give the  user  a
              direct  media  URL), or you could set per-file options with by setting the property
              file-local-options/<option name>. The player will wait until all hooks are run.

              Called after a file has been opened, and before tracks are  selected  and  decoders
              are  created.  This  has  some  usefulness  if  an API users wants to select tracks
              manually, based on the set of available tracks.  It's  also  useful  to  initialize
              --lavfi-complex  in  a specific way by API, without having to "probe" the available
              streams at first.

              Note that this does not yet apply default track selection. Which operations exactly
              can  be done and not be done, and what information is available and what is not yet
              available yet, is all subject to change.

              Run before closing a file, and before actually uninitializing everything. It's  not
              possible to resume playback in this state.

   Input Command Prefixes
       These  prefixes  are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple prefixes can
       be specified. They are separated by whitespace.

              Use the default behavior for this command.  This  is  the  default  for  input.conf
              commands. Some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs do not use this as default, but use no-osd

       no-osd Do not use any OSD for this command.

              If possible, show a bar with this command. Seek commands  will  show  the  progress
              bar, property changing commands may show the newly set value.

              If  possible,  show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show the current
              playback time, property changing commands show the newly set value as text.

              Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.

       raw    Do not expand properties in string arguments. (Like "${property-name}".)   This  is
              the default for some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs.

              All  string arguments are expanded as described in Property Expansion.  This is the
              default for input.conf commands.

              For some commands, keeping a key pressed doesn't run the command repeatedly.   This
              prefix forces enabling key repeat in any case.

       async  Allow  asynchronous  execution  (if  possible).  Note that only a few commands will
              support  this  (usually  this  is  explicitly  documented).   Some   commands   are
              asynchronous  by  default (or rather, their effects might manifest after completion
              of the command). The semantics of this flag might change in the future. Set it only
              if  you  don't  rely  on  the  effects of this command being fully realized when it

       All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global --osd-level settings.

   Input Sections
       Input sections group a  set  of  bindings,  and  enable  or  disable  them  at  once.   In
       input.conf,  each key binding is assigned to an input section, rather than actually having
       explicit text sections.

       See also: enable-section and disable-section commands.

       Predefined bindings:

              Bindings without input section are implicitly  assigned  to  this  section.  It  is
              enabled by default during normal playback.

       encode Section  which  is  active  in  encoding  mode.  It is enabled exclusively, so that
              bindings in the default sections are ignored.

       Properties are used to set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary  information.
       They  can be manipulated with the set/add/cycle commands, and retrieved with show-text, or
       anything else that uses property expansion. (See Property Expansion.)

       The property name is annotated with RW to  indicate  whether  the  property  is  generally

       If an option is referenced, the property will normally take/return exactly the same values
       as the option. In these cases, properties are merely a way to change an option at runtime.

   Property list
          Most options can be set as runtime via properties as well. Just remove the  leading  --
          from  the  option name. These are not documented. Only properties which do not exist as
          option with the same name, or which have very different behavior from the  options  are
          documented below.

       audio-speed-correction, video-speed-correction
              Factor multiplied with speed at which the player attempts to play the file. Usually
              it's exactly 1. (Display sync mode will make this useful.)

              OSD formatting will display it in the form of +1.23456%, with the number being (raw
              - 1) * 100 for the given raw property value.

              Return whether --video-sync=display is actually active.

              Currently  played  file, with path stripped. If this is an URL, try to undo percent
              encoding as well. (The result is not necessarily  correct,  but  looks  better  for
              display purposes. Use the path property to get an unmodified filename.)

              This has a sub-property:

                     Like  the  filename  property,  but if the text contains a ., strip all text
                     after the last .. Usually this removes the file extension.

              Length in bytes of the source file/stream. (This is the same as ${stream-end}.  For
              ordered chapters and such, the size of the currently played segment is returned.)

              Total number of frames in current file.

                 This is only an estimate. (It's computed from two unreliable quantities: fps and
                 stream length.)

              Number of current frame in current stream.

                 This is only an estimate. (It's computed from two unreliable quantities: fps and
                 possibly rounded timestamps.)

       path   Full path of the currently played file. Usually this is exactly the same string you
              pass on the mpv command line or the loadfile command, even if it's a relative path.
              If you expect an absolute path, you will have to determine it yourself, for example
              by using the working-directory property.

              If the currently played file has a title tag, use that.

              Otherwise, if the media type is DVD, return the volume ID of DVD.

              Otherwise, return the filename property.

              Symbolic name of the file format. In some cases, this is a comma-separated list  of
              format  names, e.g. mp4 is mov,mp4,m4a,3gp,3g2,mj2 (the list may grow in the future
              for any format).

              Name of the current demuxer. (This is useless.)

              (Renamed from demuxer.)

              Filename (full path) of the stream layer filename. (This is  probably  useless.  It
              looks like this can be different from path only when using e.g. ordered chapters.)

              Raw  byte  position in source stream. Technically, this returns the position of the
              most recent packet passed to a decoder.

              Raw end position in bytes in source stream.

              Duration of the current file in seconds. If the duration is unknown,  the  property
              is unavailable. Note that the file duration is not always exactly known, so this is
              an estimate.

              This replaces the length property, which was deprecated after the mpv 0.9  release.
              (The semantics are the same.)

       avsync Last A/V synchronization difference. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

              Total A-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

              Video  frames dropped by decoder, because video is too far behind audio (when using
              --framedrop=decoder). Sometimes, this may be incremented in other situations,  e.g.
              when  video  packets  are  damaged,  or the decoder doesn't follow the usual rules.
              Unavailable if video is disabled.

              drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

              Frames dropped by VO (when using --framedrop=vo).

              vo-drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

              Number of video frames that were not timed correctly in display-sync mode  for  the
              sake  of  keeping  A/V  sync. This does not include external circumstances, such as
              video rendering being too slow or the graphics driver somehow skipping a vsync.  It
              does  not  include  rounding  errors  either  (which can happen especially with bad
              source timestamps). For example, using the display-desync mode should never  change
              this value from 0.

              For  how  many  vsyncs  a  frame  is  displayed  on  average.  This is available if
              display-sync is active only. For 30 FPS video on a 60 Hz screen, this  will  be  2.
              This  is the moving average of what actually has been scheduled, so 24 FPS on 60 Hz
              will never remain exactly on 2.5, but jitter depending on the last frame displayed.

              Estimated number of frames delayed due to external  circumstances  in  display-sync
              mode.  Note that in general, mpv has to guess that this is happening, and the guess
              can be inaccurate.

       percent-pos (RW)
              Position in current  file  (0-100).  The  advantage  over  using  this  instead  of
              calculating it out of other properties is that it properly falls back to estimating
              the playback position from the byte position, if the file duration is not known.

       time-pos (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds.

              Deprecated. Always returns 0. Before mpv 0.14, this used to return the  start  time
              of the file (could affect e.g. transport streams). See --rebase-start-time option.

              Remaining  length of the file in seconds. Note that the file duration is not always
              exactly known, so this is an estimate.

       audio-pts (R)
              Current audio playback position in current file in seconds. Unlike  time-pos,  this
              updates  more  often  than  once  per  frame.  For  audio-only  files, it is mostly
              equivalent to time-pos, while for video-only files this property is not available.

              time-remaining scaled by the current speed.

       playback-time (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds. Unlike time-pos, the time is  clamped  to  the
              range  of  the file. (Inaccurate file durations etc. could make it go out of range.
              Useful on attempts to seek outside  of  the  file,  as  the  seek  target  time  is
              considered the current position during seeking.)

       chapter (RW)
              Current chapter number. The number of the first chapter is 0.

       edition (RW)
              Current MKV edition number. Setting this property to a different value will restart
              playback. The number of the first edition is 0.

              Number of BD/DVD titles.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

                     Number of titles.

                     Title ID as integer. Currently, this is the same as the title index.

                     Length in seconds. Can be unavailable in a number  of  cases  (currently  it
                     works for libdvdnav only).

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "length"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

              List of BD/DVD titles.

       disc-title (RW)
              Current BD/DVD title number. Writing  works  only  for  dvdnav://  and  bd://  (and
              aliases for these).

              Number of chapters.

              Number of MKV editions.

              List  of  editions,  current  entry  marked.  Currently,  the raw property value is

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

                     Number of editions. If there are no editions, this can  be  0  or  1  (1  if
                     there's a useless dummy edition).

                     Edition  ID  as  integer.  Use this to set the edition property.  Currently,
                     this is the same as the edition index.

                     yes if this is the default edition, no otherwise.

                     Edition title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG

       angle (RW)
              Current DVD angle.

              Metadata key/value pairs.

              If the property is accessed with Lua's mp.get_property_native, this returns a table
              with metadata keys mapping to metadata values. If it is accessed  with  the  client
              API, this returns a MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP, with tag keys mapping to tag values.

              For  OSD,  it  returns  a formatted list. Trying to retrieve this property as a raw
              string doesn't work.

              This has a number of sub-properties:

                     Value of metadata entry <key>.

                     Number of metadata entries.

                     Key name of the Nth metadata entry. (The first entry is 0).

                     Value of the Nth metadata entry.

                     Old version  of  metadata/by-key/<key>.  Use  is  discouraged,  because  the
                     metadata key string could conflict with other sub-properties.

              The layout of this property might be subject to change. Suggestions are welcome how
              exactly this property should work.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     (key and string value for each metadata entry)

              Like  metadata,  but includes only fields listed in the --display-tags option. This
              is the same set of tags that is printed to the terminal.

              Metadata of current chapter. Works similar to metadata property. It also allows the
              same access methods (using sub-properties).

              Per-chapter metadata is very rare. Usually, only the chapter name (title) is set.

              For accessing other information, like chapter start, see the chapter-list property.

              Metadata  added  by  video  filters.  Accessed  by  the filter label, which, if not
              explicitly specified using the @filter-label: syntax, will be <filter-name>NN.

              Works similar to metadata property.  It  allows  the  same  access  methods  (using

              An  example  of  this  kind  of  metadata  are  the  cropping  parameters  added by

              Equivalent to vf-metadata/<filter-label>, but for audio filters.

              Return yes if no file is loaded, but the player is staying around  because  of  the
              --idle option.

              (Renamed from idle.)

              Return  yes  if  the  playback  core is paused, otherwise no. This can be different
              pause in special situations, such as when the  player  pauses  itself  due  to  low
              network cache.

              This also returns yes if playback is restarting or if nothing is playing at all. In
              other words, it's only no if there's actually video playing.  (Behavior  since  mpv

       cache  Network cache fill state (0-100.0).

       cache-size (RW)
              Network cache size in KB. This is similar to --cache. This allows setting the cache
              size at runtime. Currently, it's not possible to enable or  disable  the  cache  at
              runtime using this property, just to resize an existing cache.

              This does not include the backbuffer size (changed after mpv 0.10.0).

              Note  that  this  tries to keep the cache contents as far as possible. To make this
              easier, the cache resizing code will allocate the new cache while the old cache  is
              still allocated.

              Don't use this when playing DVD or Blu-ray.

       cache-free (R)
              Total free cache size in KB.

       cache-used (R)
              Total used cache size in KB.

       cache-speed (R)
              Current  I/O read speed between the cache and the lower layer (like network).  This
              gives the number bytes  per  seconds  over  a  1  second  window  (using  the  type
              MPV_FORMAT_INT64 for the client API).

       cache-idle (R)
              Returns  yes  if  the  cache  is  idle,  which means the cache is filled as much as
              possible, and is currently not reading more data.

              Approximate duration of video buffered in the demuxer, in  seconds.  The  guess  is
              very  unreliable, and often the property will not be available at all, even if data
              is buffered.

              Approximate  time  of  video  buffered  in  the  demuxer,  in  seconds.   Same   as
              demuxer-cache-duration but returns the last timestamp of buffered data in demuxer.

              Returns  yes if the demuxer is idle, which means the demuxer cache is filled to the
              requested amount, and is currently not reading more data.

              Returns yes if the stream demuxed via the main demuxer is most  likely  played  via
              network.  What  constitutes  "network" is not always clear, might be used for other
              types of untrusted streams, could be wrong in certain  cases,  and  its  definition
              might  be  changing. Also, external files (like separate audio files or streams) do
              not influence the value of this property (currently).

       demuxer-start-time (R)
              Returns the start time reported by the demuxer in fractional seconds.

              Returns yes when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache.

              Return the percentage (0-100) of the  cache  fill  status  until  the  player  will
              unpause (related to paused-for-cache).

              Returns yes if end of playback was reached, no otherwise. Note that this is usually
              interesting only if  --keep-open  is  enabled,  since  otherwise  the  player  will
              immediately play the next file (or exit or enter idle mode), and in these cases the
              eof-reached property will logically be cleared immediately after it's set.

              Returns yes if the player is currently seeking,  or  otherwise  trying  to  restart
              playback.  (It's  possible  that  it  returns  yes  while a file is loaded, or when
              switching ordered chapter segments. This is because the  same  underlying  code  is
              used for seeking and resyncing.)

              Return yes if the audio mixer is active, no otherwise.

              This  option  is  relatively  useless. Before mpv 0.18.1, it could be used to infer
              behavior of the volume property.

       ao-volume (RW)
              System volume. This property is available only if mpv  audio  output  is  currently
              active,  and  only  if  the underlying implementation supports volume control. What
              this option does depends on the API. For example,  on  ALSA  this  usually  changes
              system-wide audio, while with PulseAudio this controls per-application volume.

       ao-mute (RW)
              Similar  to  ao-volume,  but  controls the mute state. May be unimplemented even if
              ao-volume works.

              Audio codec selected for decoding.

              Audio codec.

              Audio format as output by the audio decoder.  This has a number of sub-properties:

                     The sample format as string. This uses the  same  names  as  used  in  other
                     places of mpv.


                     The channel layout as a string. This is similar to what the --audio-channels

                     As channels, but instead of the possibly cryptic actual layout sent  to  the
                     audio  device,  return  a hopefully more human readable form.  (Usually only
                     audio-out-params/hr-channels makes sense.)

                     Number of audio channels. This is redundant to the channels field  described

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     "format"            MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "samplerate"        MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "channels"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "channel-count"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "hr-channels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              Same as audio-params, but the format of the data written to the audio API.

       colormatrix (R)
              Redirects to video-params/colormatrix. This parameter (as well as similar ones) can
              be overridden with the format video filter.

       colormatrix-input-range (R)
              See colormatrix.

       colormatrix-primaries (R)
              See colormatrix.

       hwdec (RW)
              Reflects the --hwdec option.

              Writing  to  it  may  change  the  currently  used  hardware  decoder, if possible.
              (Internally, the player may reinitialize the decoder, and will perform  a  seek  to
              refresh  the  video  properly.)  You  can  watch  the other hwdec properties to see
              whether this was successful.

              Unlike in mpv 0.9.x and before, this does not return the currently active  hardware
              decoder. Since mpv 0.18.0, hwdec-current is available for this purpose.

              Return  the  current hardware decoding in use. If decoding is active, return one of
              the values used by the hwdec option/property. no indicates software decoding. If no
              decoder is loaded, the property is unavailable.

              This returns the currently loaded hardware decoding/output interop driver.  This is
              known only once the VO has  opened  (and  possibly  later).  With  some  VOs  (like
              opengl),  this might be never known in advance, but only when the decoder attempted
              to create the hw decoder successfully. (Using --opengl-hwdec-interop  can  load  it
              eagerly.) If there are multiple drivers loaded, they will be separated by ,.

              If no VO is active or no interop driver is known, this property is unavailable.

              This  does  not  necessarily  use  the  same values as hwdec. There can be multiple
              interop drivers for the same hardware decoder, depending on platform and VO.

              This is somewhat similar to the --opengl-hwdec-interop option, but it  returns  the
              actually loaded backend, not the value of this option.

              Video format as string.

              Video codec selected for decoding.

       width, height
              Video  size.  This  uses the size of the video as decoded, or if no video frame has
              been decoded yet, the (possibly incorrect) container indicated size.

              Video parameters, as output  by  the  decoder  (with  overrides  like  aspect  etc.
              applied). This has a number of sub-properties:

                     The pixel format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places
                     of mpv.

                     Average bits-per-pixel as integer. Subsampled planar formats use a different
                     resolution,  which  is  the  reason  this  value  can  sometimes  be  odd or
                     confusing. Can be unavailable with some formats.

                     Bit depth for each color component as integer.  This  is  only  exposed  for
                     planar or single-component formats, and is unavailable for other formats.

              video-params/w, video-params/h
                     Video size as integers, with no aspect correction applied.

              video-params/dw, video-params/dh
                     Video size as integers, scaled for correct aspect ratio.

                     Display aspect ratio as float.

                     Pixel aspect ratio.

                     The colormatrix in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The colorlevels as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The primaries in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     The video file's tagged signal peak as float.

                     The light type in use as a string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

                     Intended display rotation in degrees (clockwise).

                     Source file stereo 3D mode. (See --video-stereo-mode option.)

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     "pixelformat"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "w"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "h"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dw"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dh"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "aspect"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "par"               MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "colormatrix"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "colorlevels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "primaries"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "gamma"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "sig-peak"          MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "light"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "chroma-location"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "rotate"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "stereo-in"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       dwidth, dheight
              Video display size. This is the video size after filters and  aspect  scaling  have
              been  applied.  The actual video window size can still be different from this, e.g.
              if the user resized the video window manually.

              These have the same values as video-out-params/dw and video-out-params/dh.

              Exactly like video-params, but no overrides applied.

              Same as video-params, but after video filters have been applied. If  there  are  no
              video  filters in use, this will contain the same values as video-params. Note that
              this is still not necessarily what the video window uses, since the user can change
              the  window  size,  and  all  real  VOs do their own scaling independently from the
              filter chain.

              Has the same sub-properties as video-params.

              Approximate information of the current frame. Note that if any of these are used on
              OSD,  the  information  might be off by a few frames due to OSD redrawing and frame
              display being somewhat disconnected, and you  might  have  to  pause  and  force  a


              video-frame-info/picture-type    video-frame-info/interlaced   video-frame-info/tff

              Container FPS. This can easily contain bogus values. For  videos  that  use  modern
              container formats or video codecs, this will often be incorrect.

              (Renamed from fps.)

              Estimated/measured  FPS  of the video filter chain output. (If no filters are used,
              this corresponds to decoder output.) This uses the average of  the  10  past  frame
              durations to calculate the FPS. It will be inaccurate if frame-dropping is involved
              (such as when framedrop is explicitly enabled, or  after  precise  seeking).  Files
              with imprecise timestamps (such as Matroska) might lead to unstable results.

       window-scale (RW)
              Window  size  multiplier.  Setting  this will resize the video window to the values
              contained in dwidth and dheight multiplied with the value set with  this  property.
              Setting  1  will  resize to original video size (or to be exact, the size the video
              filters output). 2 will set the double size, 0.5 halves the size.

              Return whether the video window is minimized or not.

              Names of the displays that the mpv window covers. On  X11,  these  are  the  xrandr
              names  (LVDS1,  HDMI1,  DP1,  VGA1,  etc.).  On  Windows,  these  are the GDI names
              (\.DISPLAY1, \.DISPLAY2, etc.) and the first display in the list will  be  the  one
              that   Windows   considers  associated  with  the  window  (as  determined  by  the
              MonitorFromWindow API.)

       display-fps (RW)
              The refresh rate of the current display. Currently, this is the lowest FPS  of  any
              display  covered  by  the  video,  as retrieved by the underlying system APIs (e.g.
              xrandr on X11). It is not the measured FPS. It's not necessarily available  on  all
              platforms. Note that any of the listed facts may change any time without a warning.

              Only  available  if  display-sync  mode  (as  selected  by --video-sync) is active.
              Returns the actual rate at which display  refreshes  seem  to  occur,  measured  by
              system time.

              Estimated deviation factor of the vsync duration.

       video-aspect (RW)
              Video aspect, see --video-aspect.

              If  video  is active, this reports the effective aspect value, instead of the value
              of the --video-aspect option.

       osd-width, osd-height
              Last known OSD width (can be 0). This is needed if you want to use the  overlay-add
              command.  It  gives you the actual OSD size, which can be different from the window
              size in some cases.

              Last known OSD display pixel aspect (can be 0).

       program (W)
              Switch TS program (write-only).

       dvb-channel (W)
              Pair of integers: card,channel of current DVB stream.  Can be switched to switch to
              another channel on the same card.

       dvb-channel-name (RW)
              Name  of  current  DVB program.  On write, a channel-switch to the named channel on
              the same card is performed. Can also be used for channel switching.

              Return the current  subtitle  text.  Formatting  is  stripped.  If  a  subtitle  is
              selected, but no text is currently visible, or the subtitle is not text-based (i.e.
              DVD/BD subtitles), an empty string is returned.

              This property is experimental and might be removed in the future.

       tv-brightness, tv-contrast, tv-saturation, tv-hue (RW)
              TV stuff.

       playlist-pos (RW)
              Current position on playlist. The first entry is on  position  0.  Writing  to  the
              property will restart playback at the written entry.

       playlist-pos-1 (RW)
              Same as playlist-pos, but 1-based.

              Number of total playlist entries.

              Playlist, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This  has  a  number  of  sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based playlist entry

                     Number of playlist entries (same as playlist-count).

                     Filename of the Nth entry.

              playlist/N/current, playlist/N/playing
                     yes if this entry is currently playing (or being loaded).  Unavailable or no
                     otherwise.  When  changing  files,  current  and  playing  can be different,
                     because the currently playing file hasn't been unloaded yet; in  this  case,
                     current refers to the new selection. (Since mpv 0.7.0.)

                     Name  of  the  Nth  entry. Only available if the playlist file contains such
                     fields, and only if mpv's parser supports it for the given playlist format.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each playlist entry)
                         "filename"  MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "current"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (might be missing; since mpv 0.7.0)
                         "playing"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (same)
                         "title"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING (optional)

              List  of  audio/video/sub tracks, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property
              value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based track index.

                     Total number of tracks.

                     The ID as it's used for -sid/--aid/--vid. This is unique  within  tracks  of
                     the same type (sub/audio/video), but otherwise not.

                     String describing the media type. One of audio, video, sub.

                     Track ID as used in the source file. Not always available.

                     Track title as it is stored in the file. Not always available.

                     Track language as identified by the file. Not always available.

                     yes  if  this  is  a  video  track  that consists of a single picture, no or
                     unavailable otherwise. This  is  used  for  video  tracks  that  are  really
                     attached pictures in audio files.

                     yes if the track has the default flag set in the file, no otherwise.

                     yes if the track has the forced flag set in the file, no otherwise.

                     The  codec  name  used  by this track, for example h264. Unavailable in some
                     rare cases.

                     yes if the track is an external file, no otherwise. This is set for separate
                     subtitle files.

                     The filename if the track is from an external file, unavailable otherwise.

                     yes if the track is currently decoded, no otherwise.

                     The stream index as usually used by the FFmpeg utilities. Note that this can
                     be potentially wrong if a demuxer other than libavformat (--demuxer=lavf) is
                     used.  For  mkv  files,  the  index  will  usually match even if the default
                     (builtin) demuxer is used, but there is no hard guarantee.

                     If this track is being decoded, the human-readable decoder name,

              track-list/N/demux-w, track-list/N/demux-h
                     Video size hint as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Number of audio channels as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate
                     -  in  particular,  the  track  could  be  decoded  as a different number of

                     Channel layout as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Audio sample rate as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

                     Video FPS as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

              track-list/N/audio-channels (deprecated)
                     Deprecated alias for track-list/N/demux-channel-count.

              track-list/N/replaygain-track-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-track-gain
                     Per-track  replaygain  values.  Only  available  for   audio   tracks   with
                     corresponding information stored in the source file.

              track-list/N/replaygain-album-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-album-gain
                     Per-album  replaygain  values.  If  the  file has per-track but no per-album
                     information, the per-album values will be copied from the  per-track  values
                     currently. It's possible that future mpv versions will make these properties
                     unavailable instead in this case.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each track)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "type"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "src-id"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "lang"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "albumart"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "forced"            MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "selected"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external-filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "ff-index"          MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "decoder-desc"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-w"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-h"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channel-count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-samplerate"  MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-fps"         MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "audio-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "replaygain-track-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-track-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

              List  of  chapters,  current  entry  marked.  Currently,  the raw property value is

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based chapter index.

                     Number of chapters.

                     Chapter title as stored in the file. Not always available.

                     Chapter start time in seconds as float.

              When querying the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each chapter)
                         "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "time"  MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       af, vf (RW)
              See --vf/--af and the vf/af command.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry)
                         "name"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "label"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional]
                         "enabled"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG [optional]
                         "params"    MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional]
                             "key"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                             "value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              It's also possible to write the property using this format.

              Return whether it's generally possible to seek in the current file.

              Return yes if the current file is considered seekable, but only because  the  cache
              is  active.  This means small relative seeks may be fine, but larger seeks may fail
              anyway. Whether a seek will succeed or not is generally not known in advance.

              If this property returns true, seekable will also return true.

              Return whether playback is  stopped  or  is  to  be  stopped.  (Useful  in  obscure
              situations  like  during  on_load hook processing, when the user can stop playback,
              but the script has to explicitly end processing.)

       cursor-autohide (RW)
              See --cursor-autohide. Setting this to a new value will always update  the  cursor,
              and reset the internal timer.

              Inserts  the  current  OSD symbol as opaque OSD control code (cc). This makes sense
              only with the show-text command or options which set  OSD  messages.   The  control
              code is implementation specific and is useless for anything else.

              ${osd-ass-cc/0}  disables  escaping  ASS  sequences of text in OSD, ${osd-ass-cc/1}
              enables it again. By  default,  ASS  sequences  are  escaped  to  avoid  accidental
              formatting,  and  this property can disable this behavior. Note that the properties
              return an opaque OSD control code, which only makes sense for the show-text command
              or options which set OSD messages.


                 · --osd-status-msg='This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\\b1}bold text'

                 · show-text "This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\b1}bold text"

              Any ASS override tags as understood by libass can be used.

              Note that you need to escape the \ character, because the string is processed for C
              escape sequences before passing it to the OSD code.

              A list of tags can be found here:

              Return whether the VO is configured right now. Usually this corresponds to  whether
              the  video window is visible. If the --force-window option is used, this is usually
              always returns yes.

              Contains introspection about the VO's active  render  passes  and  their  execution
              times. Not implemented by all VOs.

              This  is  further subdivided into two frame types, vo-passes/fresh for fresh frames
              (which have to be uploaded, scaled, etc.) and vo-passes/redraw for  redrawn  frames
              (which only have to be re-painted).  The number of passes for any given subtype can
              change from frame to frame, and should not be relied upon.

              Each frame type has a number of further sub-properties. Replace TYPE with the frame
              type, N with the 0-based pass index, and M with the 0-based sample index.

                     Number of passes.

                     Human-friendy description of the pass.

                     Last measured execution time, in nanoseconds.

                     Average  execution  time  of  this pass, in nanoseconds. The exact timeframe
                     varies, but it should generally be a handful of seconds.

                     The peak execution time (highest value)  within  this  averaging  range,  in

                     The number of samples for this pass.

                     The raw execution time of a specific sample for this pass, in nanoseconds.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 "TYPE" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                         "desc"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "last"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "avg"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "peak"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "count"   MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "samples" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY

              Note that directly accessing this structure via subkeys is not supported, the  only
              access is through aforementioned MPV_FORMAT_NODE.

       video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate
              Bitrate  values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the bit size
              of all packets between two keyframes  by  their  presentation  timestamp  distance.
              (This  uses  the timestamps are stored in the file, so e.g. playback speed does not
              influence the returned values.) In particular, the video bitrate will  update  only
              per  keyframe,  and show the "past" bitrate. To make the property more UI friendly,
              updates to these properties are throttled in a certain way.

              The unit is bits per second. OSD formatting turns  these  values  in  kilobits  (or
              megabits,  if appropriate), which can be prevented by using the raw property value,
              e.g. with ${=video-bitrate}.

              Note that the accuracy of these properties is influenced by a few factors.  If  the
              underlying  demuxer  rewrites the packets on demuxing (done for some file formats),
              the bitrate might be slightly off. If  timestamps  are  bad  or  jittery  (like  in
              Matroska), even constant bitrate streams might show fluctuating bitrate.

              How exactly these values are calculated might change in the future.

              In  earlier  versions  of  mpv,  these properties returned a static (but bad) guess
              using a completely different method.

       packet-video-bitrate, packet-audio-bitrate, packet-sub-bitrate
              Old and deprecated properties for video-bitrate, audio-bitrate,  sub-bitrate.  They
              behave  exactly the same, but return a value in kilobits. Also, they don't have any
              OSD formatting, though the same can be achieved with e.g. ${=video-bitrate}.

              These properties shouldn't be used anymore.

              Return the list of discovered audio devices. This is mostly for use with the client
              API, and reflects what --audio-device=help with the command line player returns.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each device entry)
                         "name"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              The name is what is to be passed to the --audio-device option (and often  a  rather
              cryptic audio API-specific ID), while description is human readable free form text.
              The description is set to the device name (minus mpv-specific <driver>/ prefix)  if
              no description is available or the description would have been an empty string.

              The special entry with the name set to auto selects the default audio output driver
              and the default device.

              The property can be watched with the property observation mechanism in  the  client
              API and in Lua scripts. (Technically, change notification is enabled the first time
              this property is read.)

       audio-device (RW)
              Set the audio device. This directly reads/writes the --audio-device option, but  on
              write accesses, the audio output will be scheduled for reloading.

              Writing this property while no audio output is active will not automatically enable
              audio.  (This  is  also  true  in  the  case  when  audio  was  disabled   due   to
              reinitialization failure after a previous write access to audio-device.)

              This property also doesn't tell you which audio device is actually in use.

              How these details are handled may change in the future.

              Current video output driver (name as used with --vo).

              Current audio output driver (name as used with --ao).

              Return  the  audio  device  selected  by  the  AO driver (only implemented for some
              drivers: currently only coreaudio).

              Return the working directory of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC  users,
              because the command line player usually works with relative paths.

              List  of  protocol prefixes potentially recognized by the player. They are returned
              without trailing :// suffix (which is still always required).  In some  cases,  the
              protocol  will  not actually be supported (consider https if ffmpeg is not compiled
              with TLS support).

              List of decoders supported. This lists decoders which can be  passed  to  --vd  and

              family Decoder driver. Usually lavc for libavcodec.

              codec  Canonical codec name, which identifies the format the decoder can handle.

              driver The name of the decoder itself. Often, this is the same as codec.  Sometimes
                     it can be different. It is used to distinguish  multiple  decoders  for  the
                     same codec.

                     Human readable description of the decoder and codec.

              When  querying  the property with the client API using MPV_FORMAT_NODE, or with Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each decoder entry)
                         "family"        MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "driver"        MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              List of libavcodec encoders. This has the same format as decoder-list.  The encoder
              names  (driver  entries) can be passed to --ovc and --oac (without the lavc: prefix
              required by --vd and --ad).

              Return the mpv version/copyright string. Depending on how the binary was built,  it
              might contain either a release version, or just a git hash.

              Return the configuration arguments which were passed to the build system (typically
              the way ./waf configure ... was invoked).

              Return the contents of the av_version_info() API  call.  This  is  a  string  which
              identifies the build in some way, either through a release version number, or a git
              hash. This applies to Libav as well (the property is still named  the  same.)  This
              property is unavailable if mpv is linked against older FFmpeg and Libav versions.

       options/<name> (RW)
              Read-only  access  to  value  of  option  --<name>.  Most options can be changed at
              runtime by writing to this property. Note that many options require  reloading  the
              file for changes to take effect. If there is an equivalent property, prefer setting
              the property instead.

              There shouldn't be any reason to access options/<name> instead of <name>, except in
              situations   in  which  the  properties  have  different  behavior  or  conflicting

              Similar to options/<name>, but when setting an option through  this  property,  the
              option  is reset to its old value once the current file has stopped playing. Trying
              to write an option while no file is playing (or is  being  loaded)  results  in  an

              (Note  that  if  an  option  is marked as file-local, even options/ will access the
              local value, and the old value, which will be restored on end of  playback,  cannot
              be read or written until end of playback.)

              Additional per-option information.

              This  has  a  number of sub-properties. Replace <name> with the name of a top-level
              option. No guarantee of stability is given to any of these  sub-properties  -  they
              may change radically in the feature.

                     Returns the name of the option.

                     Return  the  name  of  the  option  type,  like String or Integer.  For many
                     complex types, this isn't very accurate.

                     Return yes if the option was set from the mpv command  line,  no  otherwise.
                     What  this  is  set  to  if  the  option  is e.g. changed at runtime is left
                     undefined (meaning it could change in the future).

                     Return  yes  if  the  option  was  set  per-file.  This  is  the  case  with
                     automatically  loaded  profiles, file-dir configs, and other cases. It means
                     the option value will be restored to the value before  playback  start  when
                     playback ends.

                     The default value of the option. May not always be available.

              option-info/<name>/min, option-info/<name>/max
                     Integer minimum and maximum values allowed for the option. Only available if
                     the options are numeric, and the minimum/maximum has  been  set  internally.
                     It's also possible that only one of these is set.

                     If  the  option  is  a choice option, the possible choices. Choices that are
                     integers may or may not be included (they can be implied by  min  and  max).
                     Note  that  options  which  behave  like  choice options, but are not actual
                     choice options internally, may not have this info available.

              Return the list of top-level properties.

              Return   the   list   of   profiles   and   their   contents.   This   is    highly
              implementation-specific, and may change any time. Currently, it returns an array of
              options for each profile. Each option has a  name  and  a  value,  with  the  value
              currently always being a string. Note that the options array is not a map, as order
              matters and duplicate entries are possible. Recursive profiles  are  not  expanded,
              and show up as special profile options.

   Inconsistencies between options and properties
       You can access (almost) all options as properties, though there are some caveats with some
       properties (due to historical reasons):

       vid, aid, sid
              While playback is active, you can set existing  tracks  only.  (The  option  allows
              setting any track ID, and which tracks to enable is chosen at loading time.)

              Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well.

              While  video  is  active,  this  behaves differently from the option. It will never
              return the auto value (but the state as observed by the video chain).  If  you  set
              auto,  the  property  will set this as the option value, and will return the actual
              video chain state as observed instead of auto.

              While video is active, always returns the effective aspect ratio. Setting a special
              value  (like no, values <= 0) will make the property set this as option, and return
              whatever actual aspect was derived from the option setting.

       brightness (and other color options)
              If --vo=xv is used, these  properties  may  return  the  adapter's  current  values
              instead of the option values.

              If  a  VO is created, this will return either the actual display FPS, or an invalid
              value, instead of the option value.

       vf, af If you  set  the  properties  during  playback,  and  the  filter  chain  fails  to
              reinitialize,  the  new  value  will be rejected. Setting the option or setting the
              property outside of playback will always succeed/fail in the same way. Also,  there
              are  no  vf-add  etc.  properties,  but  you can use the vf/af group of commands to
              achieve the same.

              Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well.

              While a file is loaded, the property will always return the effective edition,  and
              setting the auto value will show somewhat strange behavior (the property eventually
              switching to whatever is the default edition).

              The property is read-only and returns the current internal playlist. The option  is
              for  loading  playlist during command line parsing. For client API uses, you should
              use the loadlist command instead.

              Might verify the set value when setting while a window is created.

       audio-file, sub-file, external-file
              These options/properties are actually lists of filenames. To make the  command-line
              interface  easier,  each  --audio-file=...  option  appends  the full string to the
              internal list. However, when used as properties, every time you set the property as
              a  string  the  internal  list  will be replaced with a single entry containing the
              string  you  set.  ,  or  other  separators  are  never  used.  You  have  to   use
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY  (or  corresponding API, e.g. mp.set_property_native() with a
              table in Lua) to set multiple entries.

              Strictly speaking, option access via API  (e.g.  mpv_set_option_string())  has  the
              same problem, and it's only a difference between CLI/API.

       playlist-pos, chapter
              These properties behave different from the deprecated options with the same names.

       profile, include
              These  are  write-only, and will perform actions as they are written to, exactly as
              if they were used on the mpv CLI commandline. Their only use is when  using  libmpv
              before  mpv_initialize(),  which  in turn is probably only useful in encoding mode.
              Normal libmpv users should use other mechanisms, such as the apply-profile command,
              and the mpv_load_config_file API function. Avoid these properties.

   Property Expansion
       All   string   arguments   to   input   commands   as   well   as  certain  options  (like
       --term-playing-msg) are subject to property expansion. Note that property  expansion  does
       not  work  in  places  where  e.g. numeric parameters are expected.  (For example, the add
       command does not do property expansion. The set command is an exception and not a  general

          Example for input.conf

          i show-text Filename: ${filename}
                 shows the filename of the current file when pressing the i key

       Within  input.conf, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the raw prefix in front
       of commands.

       The following expansions are supported:

              Expands to the value of the property NAME. If retrieving the property fails, expand
              to  an  error  string. (Use ${NAME:} with a trailing : to expand to an empty string
              instead.)  If NAME is prefixed with =, expand to the raw value of the property (see
              section below).

              Expands  to  the  value  of  the  property  NAME,  or STR if the property cannot be
              retrieved. STR is expanded recursively.

              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME is available.

              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME cannot be retrieved.

              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME expands  to  a  string  equal  to
              VALUE.  You  can prefix NAME with = in order to compare the raw value of a property
              (see section below). If the property is unavailable, or other  errors  happen  when
              retrieving  it, the value is never considered equal.  Note that VALUE can't contain
              any of the characters : or }.  Also, it is possible that escaping with " or % might
              be added in the future, should the need arise.

              Same  as  with the ? variant, but STR is expanded if the value is not equal. (Using
              the same semantics as with ?.)

       $$     Expands to $.

       $}     Expands to }. (To produce this character inside recursive expansion.)

       $>     Disable property expansion and special handling of $ for the rest of the string.

       In places where property expansion is allowed, C-style escapes are often accepted as well.

          · \n becomes a newline character

          · \\ expands to \

   Raw and Formatted Properties
       Normally, properties are formatted as human-readable text, meant to be displayed on OSD or
       on the terminal. It is possible to retrieve an unformatted (raw) value from a property  by
       prefixing its name with =. These raw values can be parsed by other programs and follow the
       same conventions as the options associated with the properties.


          · ${time-pos} expands to 00:14:23 (if playback position is at 14 minutes 23 seconds)

          · ${=time-pos} expands to 863.4 (same time, plus 400 milliseconds  -  milliseconds  are
            normally not shown in the formatted case)

       Sometimes,  the  difference in amount of information carried by raw and formatted property
       values can be rather big. In some cases, raw values have  more  information,  like  higher
       precision than seconds with time-pos. Sometimes it is the other way around, e.g. aid shows
       track title and language in the formatted case, but only the track number if it is raw.


       The On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to offer  basic
       mouse-controllability.  It  is  intended  to  make interaction easier for new users and to
       enable precise and direct seeking.

       The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support.  It  can  be  disabled
       entirely using the --osc=no option.

   Using the OSC
       By  default, the OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the player window and
       will hide if the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for 0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves
       the window.

   The Interface
          | pl prev | pl next  |  title                                   |    cache |
          | play | skip | skip | time    |  seekbar  | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
          |      | back | frwd | elapsed |           | left |       |     |     |    |

       pl prev

                               │left-click    │ play previous file in playlist │
                               │right-click   │ show playlist                  │
                               │shift+L-click │ show playlist                  │

       pl next

                                 │left-click    │ play next file in playlist │
                                 │right-click   │ show playlist              │
                                 │shift+L-click │ show playlist              │

              Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title

                               │left-click  │ show   playlist   position   and │
                               │            │ length and full title            │
                               │right-click │ show filename                    │

              Shows current cache fill status


                                       │left-click │ toggle play/pause │

       skip back

                              │left-click    │ go to  beginning  of  chapter  / │
                              │              │ previous chapter                 │
                              │right-click   │ show chapters                    │
                              │shift+L-click │ show chapters                    │

       skip frwd

                                     │left-click    │ go to next chapter │
                                     │right-click   │ show chapters      │
                                     │shift+L-click │ show chapters      │

       time elapsed
              Shows current playback position timestamp

                                │left-click │ toggle displaying timecodes with │
                                │           │ milliseconds                     │

              Indicates current playback position and position of chapters

                                        │left-click │ seek to position │

       time left
              Shows remaining playback time timestamp

                                │left-click │ toggle   between    total    and │
                                │           │ remaining time                   │

       audio and sub
              Displays selected track and amount of available tracks

                              │left-click    │ cycle audio/sub tracks forward   │
                              │right-click   │ cycle audio/sub tracks backwards │
                              │shift+L-click │ show available audio/sub tracks  │


                                        │left-click  │ toggle mute    │
                                        │mouse wheel │ volume up/down │


                                       │left-click │ toggle fullscreen │

   Key Bindings
       These  key  bindings are active by default if nothing else is already bound to these keys.
       In case of collision, the function needs to be bound to a different key.  See  the  Script
       Commands section.

                                │del │ Cycles  visibility between never │
                                │    │ / auto (mouse-move) / always     │

       The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file lua-settings/osc.conf placed in
       mpv's user dir and through the --script-opts command-line option. Options provided through
       the command-line will override those from the config file.

   Config Syntax
       The config file must exactly follow the following syntax:

          # this is a comment

       # can only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no spaces around the  =  or
       anywhere else.

   Command-line Syntax
       To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with osc-.



   Configurable Options
       layout Default: bottombar

              The  layout  for  the  OSC.  Currently  available  are: box, slimbox, bottombar and
              topbar. Default pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.

              Default: bar

              Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker), knob  (circle  marker  with
              guide), or bar (fill).  Default pre-0.21.0 was 'slider'.

              Default: 0.5

              Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act like leaving
              the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and it will hide  immediately
              if  the  mouse  enters it. The deadzone starts at the window border opposite to the
              OSC and the size controls how much of the window it will span. Values  between  0.0
              and 1.0, where 0 means the OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window,
              and 1 means the OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default  pre-0.21.0
              was 0.

              Default: 0

              Minimum  amount  of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make the OSC show
              up. Default pre-0.21.0 was 3.

              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when windowed

              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when fullscreen

              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.

              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen

              Default: 2.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window

              Default: yes

              Scale the OSC with the video no tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as  the
              window size allows

       valign Default: 0.8

              Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)

       halign Default: 0.0

              Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)

              Default: 0

              Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels

              Default: 80

              Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)

              Default: 500

              Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be negative

              Default: 200

              Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade

       title  Default: ${media-title}

              String  that  supports property expansion that will be displayed as OSC title.  ASS
              tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.

              Default: 1

              Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts

              Default: no

              Show total time instead of time remaining

       timems Default: no

              Display timecodes with milliseconds

              Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)

              Also supports never and always

              Default: 80

              Max chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the text  width
              on  screen  and  so  it  needs  to  limit  it  by  number  of chars. The default is
              conservative to allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.  However,  with  many
              common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.

   Script Commands
       The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound in input.conf,
       or sent by other scripts.

              Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message,  second  the
              duration in seconds.

              Controls  visibility  mode  never / auto (on mouse move) / always and also cycle to
              cycle between the modes


       You could put this into input.conf to hide the OSC with the a key and  to  set  auto  mode
       (the default) with b:

          a script-message osc-visibility never
          b script-message osc-visibility auto

       osc-playlist, osc-chapterlist, osc-tracklist
              Shows  a  limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First argument
              is duration in seconds.


       mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the --script option, or found in  the  scripts
       subdirectory  of  the mpv configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/) will be
       loaded on program start. mpv also appends the scripts subdirectory to  the  end  of  Lua's
       path  so  you  can  import scripts from there too. Since it's added to the end, don't name
       scripts you want to import the same as Lua libraries because they will be overshadowed  by

       mpv  provides the built-in module mp, which contains functions to send commands to the mpv
       core and to retrieve information about playback state, user  settings,  file  information,
       and so on.

       These scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode.  Technically, the
       Lua code uses the client API internally.

       A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value)
              if value == true then
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)

   Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
       Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the  scripts  configuration
       subdirectory,  or  from a path specified with the --script option. Some scripts are loaded
       internally (like --osc). Each script runs in its own thread. Your script is first run  "as
       is",  and  once  that  is  done,  the event loop is entered. This event loop will dispatch
       events received by mpv and call your own event handlers which  you  have  registered  with
       mp.register_event, or timers added with mp.add_timeout or similar.

       When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via a shutdown
       event, which by default will make the event loop  return.  If  your  script  got  into  an
       endless  loop,  mpv will probably behave fine during playback, but it won't terminate when
       quitting, because it's waiting on your script.

       Internally, the C code will call the  Lua  function  mp_event_loop  after  loading  a  Lua
       script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude loaded before your script
       (see player/lua/defaults.lua in the mpv sources).  The event loop will wait for events and
       dispatch  events  registered with mp.register_event. It will also handle timers added with
       mp.add_timeout and similar (by waiting with a timeout).

       Since mpv 0.6.0, the player will wait until the script is fully loaded  before  continuing
       normal  operation.  The  player  considers  a  script as fully loaded as soon as it starts
       waiting for mpv events (or it exits). In practice this means the player will more or  less
       hang  until  the  script returns from the main chunk (and mp_event_loop is called), or the
       script calls mp_event_loop or  mp.dispatch_events  directly.  This  is  done  to  make  it
       possible  for a script to fully setup event handlers etc. before playback actually starts.
       In older mpv versions, this happened asynchronously.

   mp functions
       The mp module is preloaded, although it can be  loaded  manually  with  require  'mp'.  It
       provides the core client API.

              Run  the  given  command.  This is similar to the commands used in input.conf.  See
              List of Input Commands.

              By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command),  as  if
              it  was  used  in input.conf. See Input Command Prefixes how to influence OSD usage
              per command.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)
              Similar to mp.command, but pass each command argument as separate  parameter.  This
              has  the  advantage  that you don't have to care about quoting and escaping in some


                 mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append")
                 mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append")

              These two commands are equivalent, except that the  first  version  breaks  if  the
              filename contains spaces or certain special characters.

              Note  that  properties  are  not  expanded.   You  can  use  either mp.command, the
              expand-properties prefix, or the mp.get_property family of functions.

              Unlike mp.command, this will not  use  OSD  by  default  either  (except  for  some
              OSD-specific commands).

       mp.command_native(table [,def])
              Similar to mp.commandv, but pass the argument list as table. This has the advantage
              that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as native types.

              Returns a result table on success (usually empty), or def, error on error.  def  is
              the second parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property(name [,def])
              Return  the value of the given property as string. These are the same properties as
              used in input.conf. See Properties for a list of properties. The returned string is
              formatted similar to ${=name} (see Property Expansion).

              Returns  the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter
              provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value formatted for  OSD.  This
              is the same string as printed with ${name} when used in input.conf.

              Returns  the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter
              provided to  the  function,  and  is  an  empty  string  if  it's  missing.  Unlike
              get_property(),  assigning  the  return value to a variable will always result in a

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as Boolean.

              Returns a Boolean on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as number.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals
              do.  This  function  simply  request  a double float from mpv, and mpv will usually
              convert integer property values to float.

              Returns a number on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value using the best  Lua  type
              for  the  property.  Most time, this will return a string, Boolean, or number. Some
              properties (for example chapter-list) are returned as tables.

              Returns a value on success, or def, error on  error.  Note  that  nil  might  be  a
              possible, valid value too in some corner cases.

       mp.set_property(name, value)
              Set  the  given  property  to  the  given  string  value.  See  mp.get_property and
              Properties for more information about properties.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given Boolean value.

       mp.set_property_number(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given numeric value.

              Note that while Lua does not distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals
              do.  This  function will test whether the number can be represented as integer, and
              if so, it will pass an integer value to mpv, otherwise a double float.

       mp.set_property_native(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property using its native type.

              Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in  Lua,  this
              might  not  always work as expected. For example, while the Lua wrapper can do some
              guesswork to decide whether a Lua table is an array or a map, this would fail  with
              empty  tables.  Also, there are not many properties for which it makes sense to use
              this, instead of set_property, set_property_bool, set_property_number.   For  these
              reasons,  this  function  should probably be avoided for now, except for properties
              that use tables natively.

              Return the current mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is basically  the
              system time, with an arbitrary offset.

       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])
              Register  callback  to  be  run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to the
              given key, which is a string describing the physical key. This uses  the  same  key
              names  as  in input.conf, and also allows combinations (e.g. ctrl+a). If the key is
              empty or nil, no physical key is registered, but the  user  still  can  create  own
              bindings (see below).

              After  calling  this  function, key presses will cause the function fn to be called
              (unless the user remapped the key with another binding).

              The name argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the  user  to  remap
              the  key  binding  via input.conf using the script-message command, and the name of
              the key binding (see below for an example). The name should be unique across  other
              bindings  in the same script - if not, the previous binding with the same name will
              be overwritten. You can omit the name, in which case a  random  name  is  generated

              The  last  argument is used for optional flags. This is a table, which can have the
              following entries:

                        If set to true, enables key repeat for this specific binding.

                        If set to true, then fn is called on both key up and down events (as well
                        as  key  repeat, if enabled), with the first argument being a table. This
                        table has an event entry, which is  set  to  one  of  the  strings  down,
                        repeat,  up  or  press  (the  latter if key up/down can't be tracked). It
                        further has an is_mouse entry, which tells whether the event  was  caused
                        by a mouse button.

              Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the script-message-to or script-binding
              input commands and mp.register_script_message.

              Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random  binding,
              while  the  other  bindings  are  not  called.  It  is guaranteed that user defined
              bindings in the central input.conf are preferred  over  bindings  added  with  this
              function (but see mp.add_forced_key_binding).


                 function something_handler()
                     print("the key was pressed")
                 mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler)

              This will print the message the key was pressed when x was pressed.

              The  user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the following into
              their input.conf to remap the command to the y key:

                 y script-binding something

              This will print the message when the key y is pressed. (x will still  work,  unless
              the user remaps it.)

              You  can  also  explicitly  send a message to a named script only. Assume the above
              script was using the filename fooscript.lua:

                 y script-binding fooscript/something

              This works almost the same as mp.add_key_binding, but registers the key binding  in
              a  way  that  will  overwrite  the  user's  custom  bindings  in  their input.conf.
              (mp.add_key_binding overwrites default key bindings only,  but  not  those  by  the
              user's input.conf.)

              Remove  a  key  binding added with mp.add_key_binding or mp.add_forced_key_binding.
              Use the same name as you used when adding the bindings. It's not possible to remove
              bindings for which you omitted the name.

       mp.register_event(name, fn)
              Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string, and the
              function fn is a Lua function value.

              Some events have associated data. This is put  into  a  Lua  table  and  passed  as
              argument  to  fn. The Lua table by default contains a name field, which is a string
              containing the event name. If the event has an error associated, the error field is
              set to a string describing the error, on success it's not set.

              If  multiple  functions  are  registered  for  the  same  event,  they  are  run in
              registration order, which the first registered  function  running  before  all  the
              other ones.

              Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise.

              See Events and List of events for details.

              Undo  mp.register_event(..., fn). This removes all event handlers that are equal to
              the fn parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be  careful  when  dealing
              with closures.

       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)
              Watch  a  property  for changes. If the property name is changed, then the function
              fn(name) will be called. type can be nil, or be set to one of none,  native,  bool,
              string, or number.  none is the same as nil. For all other values, the new value of
              the property will be passed as second argument to fn, using  mp.get_property_<type>
              to  retrieve  it. This means if type is for example string, fn is roughly called as
              in fn(name, mp.get_property_string(name)).

              If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch of times
              in  a  row,  only the last change triggers the change function. (The exact behavior
              depends on timing and other things.)

              In some cases the function is not called even if  the  property  changes.   Whether
              this can happen depends on the property.

              If  the  type  is  none  or nil, sporadic property change events are possible. This
              means the change function fn can be called even if the  property  doesn't  actually

              Undo  mp.observe_property(...,  fn).  This  removes  all property handlers that are
              equal to the fn parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be  careful  when
              dealing with closures.

       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed.  Note that
              the number of seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer's resolution may be  as
              low as 50 ms, although this will be improved in the future.

              This is a one-shot timer: it will be removed when it's fired.

              Returns a timer object. See mp.add_periodic_timer for details.

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function periodically. This is like mp.add_timeout, but the timer is
              re-added after the function fn is run.

              Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:

                     stop() Disable the timer. Does nothing if the  timer  is  already  disabled.
                            This  will  remember  the current elapsed time when stopping, so that
                            resume() essentially unpauses the timer.

                     kill() Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. resume() will restart the

                            Restart  the  timer. If the timer was disabled with stop(), this will
                            resume at the time it was stopped. If the  timer  was  disabled  with
                            kill(),  or  if  it's  a  previously fired one-shot timer (added with
                            add_timeout()), this starts the timer from the beginning,  using  the
                            initially configured timeout.

                            Whether  the  timer  is  currently enabled or was previously disabled
                            (e.g. by stop() or kill()).

                     timeout (RW)
                            This field contains the current timeout period.  This  value  is  not
                            updated  as  time  progresses.  It's  only used to calculate when the
                            timer should fire next when the timer expires.

                            If you write this, you can call t:kill() ; t:resume()  to  reset  the
                            current timeout to the new one. (t:stop() won't use the new timeout.)

                     oneshot (RW)
                            Whether the timer is periodic (false) or fires just once (true). This
                            value is used when the timer expires (but before the  timer  callback
                            function fn is run).

              Note  that  these are method, and you have to call them using : instead of . (Refer
              to .)


                 seconds = 0
                 timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
                     print("called every second")
                     # stop it after 10 seconds
                     seconds = seconds + 1
                     if seconds >= 10 then

              Return a setting from the --script-opts option. It's up to the user and the  script
              how  this mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access this equally, so you
              should be careful about collisions.

              Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the filename  of
              the script, with directory and file extension removed. If there are several scripts
              which would have the same name, it's made unique by appending a number.


                        The script /path/to/fooscript.lua becomes fooscript.

       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])
              Show an OSD message on the screen. duration is in seconds, and  is  optional  (uses
              --osd-duration by default).

   Advanced mp functions
       These also live in the mp module, but are documented separately as they are useful only in
       special situations.

              This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with  mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              This  function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with  mpv
              0.23.0 (no replacement).

              Calls  mpv_get_wakeup_pipe()  and  returns  the  read  end of the wakeup pipe. (See
              client.h for details.)

              Return the relative time  in  seconds  when  the  next  timer  (mp.add_timeout  and
              similar) expires. If there is no timer, return nil.

              This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct control what
              the Lua script does (instead of being called by the default event  loop),  you  can
              set  the global variable mp_event_loop to your own function running the event loop.
              From your event loop, you should call mp.dispatch_events() to dequeue and  dispatch
              mpv events.

              If  the allow_wait parameter is set to true, the function will block until the next
              event is received or the next timer expires. Otherwise (and  this  is  the  default
              behavior),  it  returns  as  soon  as  the  event  loop  is  emptied. It's strongly
              recommended  to  use  mp.get_next_timeout()  and  mp.get_wakeup_pipe()  if   you're
              interested in properly working notification of new events and working timers.

              Register  an  event  loop  idle handler. Idle handlers are called before the script
              goes to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for example to  delay
              processing  of  property  change events: if you're observing multiple properties at
              once, you might not want to act on each property change, but only when  all  change
              notifications have been received.

              Undo  mp.register_idle(fn). This removes all idle handlers that are equal to the fn
              parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so  be  careful  when  dealing  with

              Set  the  minimum  log level of which mpv message output to receive. These messages
              are normally printed to the terminal. By calling this function,  you  can  set  the
              minimum  log level of messages which should be received with the log-message event.
              See the description of this event for details.  The level is a string, see  msg.log
              for allowed log levels.

       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)
              This is a helper to dispatch script-message or script-message-to invocations to Lua
              functions. fn is called if script-message or script-message-to (with this script as
              destination)  is  run with name as first parameter. The other parameters are passed
              to fn.  If a message with the given name is already registered, it's overwritten.

              Used by mp.add_key_binding, so be careful about name collisions.

              Undo a previous registration with mp.register_script_message. Does nothing  if  the
              name wasn't registered.

   mp.msg functions
       This  module  allows  outputting  messages to the terminal, and can be loaded with require

       msg.log(level, ...)
              The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of fatal, error,
              warn,  info,  v,  debug. The user's settings will determine which of these messages
              will be visible. Normally, all messages are visible, except v and debug.

              The parameters after that are all converted to  strings.  Spaces  are  inserted  to
              separate multiple parameters.

              You don't need to add newlines.

       msg.fatal(...),    msg.error(...),    msg.warn(...),,   msg.verbose(...),
              All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding msg.log(level,  ...)

   mp.options functions
       mpv comes with a built-in module to manage options from config-files and the command-line.
       All you have to do is to supply a table with default options to the read_options function.
       The  function  will  overwrite the default values with values found in the config-file and
       the command-line (in that order).

       options.read_options(table [, identifier])
              A table with key-value pairs. The type of  the  default  values  is  important  for
              converting  the  values  read from the config file or command-line back. Do not use
              nil as a default value!

              The identifier is used to identify the config-file and  the  command-line  options.
              These  needs  to  unique  to  avoid  collisions  with  other  scripts.  Defaults to

       Example implementation:

          require 'mp.options'
          local options = {
              optionA = "defaultvalueA",
              optionB = -0.5,
              optionC = true,
          read_options(options, "myscript")

       The config file will be stored  in  lua-settings/identifier.conf  in  mpv's  user  folder.
       Comment lines can be started with # and stray spaces are not removed.  Boolean values will
       be represented with yes/no.

       Example config:

          # comment
          optionA=Hello World

       Command-line options are read from the --script-opts parameter. To avoid  collisions,  all
       keys have to be prefixed with identifier-.

       Example command-line:


   mp.utils functions
       This built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have strictly speaking
       nothing to do with mpv or video/audio playback. They are provided  for  convenience.  Most
       compensate for Lua's scarce standard library.

       Be warned that any of these functions might disappear any time. They are not strictly part
       of the guaranteed API.

              Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.readdir(path [, filter])
              Enumerate all entries at the given path on  the  filesystem,  and  return  them  as
              array.  Each  entry  is a directory entry (without the path).  The list is unsorted
              (in whatever order the operating system returns it).

              If the filter argument is given, it must be one of the following strings:

                 files  List regular files only. This excludes directories, special  files  (like
                        UNIX device files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes UNIX symlinks
                        to regular files.

                 dirs   List directories only, or symlinks to directories.  .  and  ..   are  not

                 normal Include the results of both files and dirs. (This is the default.)

                 all    List  all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the . and
                        .. entries.

              On error, nil, error is returned.

              Split a path into directory component and filename component, and return them.  The
              first return value is always the directory. The second return value is the trailing
              part of the path, the directory entry.

       utils.join_path(p1, p2)
              Return the concatenation of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example, if `p2 is
              an absolute path, p2 is returned without change.

              Runs  an  external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status and the
              captured output.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings. The first array entry is the executable.  This  can  be
                        either  an absolute path, or a filename with no path components, in which
                        case the PATH environment variable is used to resolve the executable. The
                        other array elements are passed as command line arguments.

                        Optional.  If  set  to true (default), then if the user stops playback or
                        goes to the next file while the process is running, the process  will  be

                        Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the data that can be captured from
                        stdout. (Default: 16 MB.)

              The function returns a table as result with the following entries:

                 status The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error.

                 stdout Captured output stream as string, limited to max_size.

                 error  nil on success. The string killed if the process  was  terminated  in  an
                        unusual way. The string init if the process could not be started.

                        On  Windows,  killed is only returned when the process has been killed by
                        mpv as a result of cancellable being set to true.

                        Set to true if the process  has  been  killed  by  mpv  as  a  result  of
                        cancellable being set to true.

              Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings of the same semantics as the args used in the subprocess

              The function returns nil.

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])
              Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On  error,
              returns nil, error. (Currently, error is just a string reading error, because there
              is no fine-grained error reporting of any kind.)

              The  returned  value  uses  similar  conventions  as  mp.get_property_native()   to
              distinguish empty objects and arrays.

              If  the  trail  parameter  is  true  (or  any  value  equal to true), then trailing
              non-whitespace text is tolerated by the function, and the trailing text is returned
              as  3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is always there, but with trail set, no
              error is raised.)

              Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and  return  it.  On  error,
              returns  nil,  error.  (Errors usually only happen on value types incompatible with

              The  argument  value  uses  similar  conventions  as  mp.set_property_native()   to
              distinguish empty objects and arrays.

              Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This doesn't
              do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.

       Events are notifications from player core to scripts. You can register  an  event  handler
       with mp.register_event.

       Note  that all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally, and there's
       no such thing as blocking other scripts from receiving events.


          function my_fn(event)
              print("start of playback!")

          mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)

   List of events
              Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive  this,  the  player  is
              loading the file (or possibly already done with it).

              Happens  after  a  file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the next file
              right away, or quit if this was the last file.

              The event has the reason field, which takes one of these values:

              eof    The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include incomplete  files
                     or broken network connections under circumstances.

              stop   Playback was ended by a command.

              quit   Playback was ended by sending the quit command.

              error  An  error  happened.  In this case, an error field is present with the error

                     Happens with playlists and similar. Details see MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT
                     in the C API.

                     Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync with the
                     C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets reason strings  that
                     did not exist yet at the time your script was written.)

              Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.

       seek   Happens  on  seeking.  (This  might include cases when the player seeks internally,
              even without user interaction. This includes  e.g.  segment  changes  when  playing
              ordered chapters Matroska files.)

              Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.

       idle   Idle  mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was started
              with --idle or --force-window. This mode is implicitly ended when the start-file or
              shutdown events happen.

       tick   Called  after  a  video  frame  was displayed. This is a hack, and you should avoid
              using it. Use timers instead and maybe  watch  pausing/unpausing  events  to  avoid
              wasting CPU when the player is paused.

              Sent  when  the  player  quits,  and  the script should terminate. Normally handled
              automatically. See Details on the script initialization and lifecycle.

              Receives messages enabled with mp.enable_messages. The message data is contained in
              the  table  passed as first parameter to the event handler.  The table contains, in
              addition to the default event fields, the following fields:

              prefix The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This  is  what  the
                     terminal player puts in front of the message text when using the --v option,
                     and is also what is used for --msg-level.

              level  The log level as string. See msg.log for possible  log  level  names.   Note
                     that  later  versions  of  mpv might add new levels or remove (undocumented)
                     existing ones.

              text   The log message. The text will end with a newline  character.  Sometimes  it
                     can contain multiple lines.

              Keep  in  mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You should not
              parse them, and prefix/level/text of messages might change any time.

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

              Undocumented (used internally).

              Happens on video output or filter reconfig.

              Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.

       The following events also happen,  but  are  deprecated:  tracks-changed,  track-switched,
       pause, unpause, metadata-update, chapter-change. Use mp.observe_property() instead.

       This  documents  experimental  features, or features that are "too special" to guarantee a
       stable interface.

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)
              Add a hook callback for type (a string identifying a certain kind of  hook).  These
              hooks  allow  the  player  to  call  script  functions  and  wait  for their result
              (normally, the Lua scripting interface is asynchronous from the point  of  view  of
              the player core). priority is an arbitrary integer that allows ordering among hooks
              of the same kind. Using the value 50 is recommended as neutral default value. fn is
              the function that will be called during execution of the hook.

              See  Hooks  for  currently  existing hooks and what they do - only the hook list is
              interesting;  handling  hook  execution  is  done  by  the  Lua   script   function


       JavaScript  support  in  mpv  is  near  identical  to its Lua support. Use this section as
       reference on differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should refer  to  the
       Lua documentation for API details and general scripting in mpv.

       JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value) {
              if (value == true)
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);

   Similarities with Lua
       mpv  tries  to  load a script file as JavaScript if it has a .js extension, but otherwise,
       the documented Lua options, script directories, loading, etc  apply  to  JavaScript  files

       Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua functions
       at the modules mp, mp.utils and mp.msg are available to JavaScript with identical  APIs  -
       including      running      commands,      getting/setting     properties,     registering
       events/key-bindings/property-changes/hooks, etc.

   Differences from Lua
       No need to load modules. mp, mp.utils and mp.msg are preloaded, and you can use  e.g.  var
       cwd  =  mp.utils.getcwd();  without prior setup.  mp.options is currently not implemented,
       but mp.get_opt(...) is.

       Errors are slightly different. Where the Lua APIs return nil  for  error,  the  JavaScript
       ones  return  undefined.  Where  Lua  returns  something,  error  JavaScript  returns only
       something - and makes error available via mp.last_error(). Note  that  only  some  of  the
       functions have this additional error value - typically the same ones which have it in Lua.

       Standard APIs are preferred. For instance setTimeout and JSON.stringify are available, but
       mp.add_timeout and mp.utils.format_json are not.

       No standard library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv  is  limited
       to  the  available  APIs, typically via mp.utils. However, some file functions were added,
       and CommonJS require is available too - where the loaded modules have the same  privileges
       as normal scripts.

   Language features - ECMAScript 5
       The  scripting  backend  which  mpv  currently  uses  is  MuJS  - a compatible minimal ES5
       interpreter. As such, String.substring is implemented for instance, while the  common  but
       non-standard  String.substr is not. Please consult the MuJS pages on language features and
       platform support - .

   Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setTimeout(fn, ms)

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setInterval(fn, ms)

       mp.register_idle(fn)  JS: id = setTimeout(fn)

       mp.unregister_idle(fn)  JS:  clearTimeout(id)

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])  JS: JSON.parse(str)

       utils.format_json(v)  JS: JSON.stringify(v)

       utils.to_string(v)  see dump below.

       mp.suspend() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume_all() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.get_next_timeout() see event loop below.

       mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait]) see event loop below.

       mp.options module is not implemented currently for JS.

   Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
       (LE) - Last-Error, indicates that mp.last_error() can be used after the call to  test  for
       success  (empty  string)  or  failure (non empty reason string).  Otherwise, where the Lua
       APIs return nil on error, JS returns undefined.

       mp.command(string) (LE)

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...) (LE)

       mp.command_native(table [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.set_property(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_number(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_native(name, value) (LE)


       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])



       mp.register_event(name, fn)


       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)




       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])



       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)


       mp.msg.log(level, ...)






       mp.utils.getcwd() (LE)

       mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter]) (LE)


       mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)



       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)

   Additional utilities
              If used after an API call which updates last error, returns an empty string if  the
              API call succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.

       Error.stack (string)
              When  using  try  {  ... } catch(e) { ... }, then e.stack is the stack trace of the
              error - if it was created using the Error(...) constructor.

       print (global)
              A convenient alias to

       dump (global)
              Like print but also expands objects and arrays recursively.

              Returns the value of the host  environment  variable  name,  or  undefined  if  the
              variable is not defined.

              Expands  (mpv)  meta  paths like ~/x, ~~/y, ~~desktop/z etc.  read_file, write_file
              and require already use this internaly.

       mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])
              Returns the content of file fname as string. If max is provided and  not  negative,
              limit the read to max bytes.

       mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)
              (Over)write  file  fname with text content str. fname must be prefixed with file://
              as    simple    protection    against    accidental    arguments    switch,    e.g.
              mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt", "hello world").

       Note: read_file and write_file throw on errors, allow text content only.

              Same as mp.get_time() but in ms instead of seconds.

              Returns the file name of the current script.

       exit() (global)
              Make  the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.  Note: please
              reomve added key bindings before calling exit().

       mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)
              Compiles the JS code content_str as file name fname (without loading anything  from
              the  filesystem),  and  returns  it  as  a  function.  Very  similar  to a Function
              constructor, but shows at stack traces as fname.

   Timers (global)
       The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:

       id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])


       id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])


       setTimeout and setInterval return id, and later call fn  (or  execute  code_string)  after
       duration ms. Interval also repeat every duration.

       duration  has  a  minimum  and  default value of 0, code_string is a plain string which is
       evaluated as JS code, and [,arg1 [,arg2..]] are  used  as  arguments  (if  provided)  when
       calling back fn.

       The clear...(id) functions cancel timer id, and are irreversible.

       Note:  timers  always  call  back  asynchronously,  e.g. setTimeout(fn) will never call fn
       before returning. fn will be called either at the end of this event loop iteration or at a
       later  event  loop iteration. This is true also for intervals - which also never call back
       twice at the same event loop iteration.

       Additionally, timers are processed after the event queue is empty, so it's  valid  to  use
       setTimeout(fn) instead of Lua's mp.register_idle(fn).

   CommonJS modules and require(id)
       CommonJS  Modules  are a standard system where scripts can export common functions for use
       by other scripts. A module is a script which  adds  properties  (functions,  etc)  to  its
       invisible   exports   object,   which  another  script  can  access  by  loading  it  with
       require(module-id) - which returns that exports object.

       Modules and require are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar  to  node.js.
       However,  most  node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such as fs, process, etc,
       but some node.js modules with minimal dependencies do work. In general, this  is  for  mpv
       modules and not a node.js replacement.

       A  .js  file  extension  is  always  added to id, e.g. require("./foo") will load the file
       ./foo.js and return its exports object.

       An id is relative (to the script which  require'd  it)  if  it  starts  with  ./  or  ../.
       Otherwise, it's considered a "top-level id" (CommonJS term).

       Top  level  id  is  evaluated  as absolute filesystem path if possible (e.g. /x/y or ~/x).
       Otherwise, it's searched at scripts/modules.js/ in mpv config  dirs  -  in  normal  config
       search  order.  E.g.  require("x") is searched as file x.js at those dirs, and id foo/x is
       searched as file foo/x.js.

       No global variable, but a module's this at its top lexical scope is the  global  object  -
       also  in  strict  mode.  If you have a module which needs global as the global object, you
       could do = this; before require.

       Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.

   The event loop
       The event loop poll/dispatch mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then  processes
       the timers, then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.

       You  could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and also print
       every event which mpv sends to your script:

          function mp_event_loop() {
              var wait = 0;
              do {
                  var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
                  dump(e);  // there could be a lot of prints...
                  if (e.event != "none") {
                      wait = 0;
                  } else {
                      wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
              } while (mp.keep_running);

       mp_event_loop is a name which mpv tries to call after  the  script  loads.   The  internal
       implementation is similar to this (without dump though..).

       e  = mp.wait_event(wait) returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after wait seconds if
       positive and no mpv events arrived. wait value of 0 returns immediately (with  e.event  ==
       "none" if the queue is empty).

       mp.dispatch_event(e)  calls  back  the  handlers registered for e.event, if there are such
       (event handlers, property observers, script messages, etc).

       mp.process_timers() calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers, and returns the
       duration in ms till the next due timer (possibly 0), or -1 if there are no pending timers.
       Must not be called recursively.

       Note: exit() is also registered for the shutdown event, and its implementation is a simple
       mp.keep_running = false.


       mpv  can  be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.  It can be
       enabled by specifying the path to  a  unix  socket  or  a  named  pipe  using  the  option
       --input-ipc-server.  Clients can connect to this socket and send commands to the player or
       receive events from it.

          This is not intended to be a secure network protocol. It is explicitly insecure:  there
          is  no authentication, no encryption, and the commands themselves are insecure too. For
          example, the run command is exposed, which  can  run  arbitrary  system  commands.  The
          use-case  is  controlling  the  player  locally. This is not different from the MPlayer
          slave protocol.

   Socat example
       You can use the socat tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the shell. Assuming
       mpv was started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket

       Then you can control it using socat:

          > echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket connection.

       See the --idle option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or playing a file.

       It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:

          > echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       But  you  won't  get  a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the playback
       time on the player's OSD.)

   Command Prompt example
       Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since  Windows  ports
       of  socat  (in  Cygwin and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In the absence of a simple
       tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the echo command can be  used  to  send
       commands, but not receive replies from the command prompt.

       Assuming mpv was started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       You can send commands from a command prompt:

          echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       To  be  able  to  simultaneously  read  and  write  from the IPC pipe, like on Linux, it's
       necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or some wrapper like
       .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)

       Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the following form:

          { "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] }

       where  command_name  is  the  name  of  the  command to be executed, followed by a list of
       parameters. Parameters must  be  formatted  as  native  JSON  values  (integers,  strings,
       booleans, ...). Every message must be terminated with \n. Additionally, \n must not appear
       anywhere inside the message. In practice this  means  that  messages  should  be  minified
       before being sent to mpv.

       mpv  will  then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run correctly, and an
       additional field holding the command-specific return data (it can also be null).

          { "error": "success", "data": null }

       mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:

          { "event": "event_name" }

       where event_name is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields  can  also  be
       present. See List of events for a list of all supported events.

       Because  events  can  occur  at  any time, it may be difficult at times to determine which
       response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a request_id  which,  if
       provided  in  the command request, will be copied verbatim into the response. mpv does not
       intrepret the request_id in any way; it is solely for the use of the requester.

       For example, this request:

          { "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }

       Would generate this response:

          { "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }

       All commands, replies, and events  are  separated  from  each  other  with  a  line  break
       character (\n).

       If  the  first  character  (after  skipping  whitespace)  is  not  {,  the command will be
       interpreted  as  non-JSON  text  command,   as   they   are   used   in   input.conf   (or
       mpv_command_string()  in  the  client  API). Additionally, lines starting with # and empty
       lines are ignored.

       Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not rely on this.

       In addition to the commands described in List of Input Commands, a few extra commands  can
       also be used as part of the protocol:

              Return  the  name of the client as string. This is the string ipc-N with N being an
              integer number.

              Return the current mpv internal time in microseconds as a number. This is basically
              the system time, with an arbitrary offset.

              Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data field of
              the replay message.


                 { "command": ["get_property", "volume"] }
                 { "data": 50.0, "error": "success" }

              Like get_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.


                 { "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] }
                 { "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" }

              Set the given property to the given value.  See  Properties  for  more  information
              about properties.


                 { "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] }
                 { "error": "success" }

              Like set_property, but the argument value must be passed as string.


                 { "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] }
                 { "error": "success" }

              Watch  a  property  for changes. If the given property is changed, then an event of
              type property-change will be generated


                 { "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }

                 If the connection is closed, the IPC client is  destroyed  internally,  and  the
                 observed  properties  are  unregistered.  This  happens for example when sending
                 commands to a socket with separate socat invocations.  This  can  make  it  seem
                 like  property  observation does not work. You must keep the IPC connection open
                 to make it work.

              Like observe_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.


                 { "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" }

              Undo observe_property or observe_property_string.  This  requires  the  numeric  id
              passed to the observed command as argument.


                 { "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] }
                 { "error": "success" }

              Enable  output  of mpv log messages. They will be received as events. The parameter
              to this command is the log-level (see mpv_request_log_messages C API function).

              Log message output is meant for humans only (mostly for debugging).  Attempting  to
              retrieve  information  by  parsing  these messages will just lead to breakages with
              future mpv releases. Instead, make a feature request, and ask for  a  proper  event
              that returns the information you need.

       enable_event, disable_event
              Enables  or disables the named event. Mirrors the mpv_request_event C API function.
              If the string all is used instead of an event  name,  all  events  are  enabled  or

              By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this command.

              Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance provides.

              See also: DOCS/client-api-changes.rst.

       Normally,  all  strings  are  in  UTF-8.  Sometimes it can happen that strings are in some
       broken encoding (often happens with file tags and such, and filenames on many  Unixes  are
       not  required to be in UTF-8 either). This means that mpv sometimes sends invalid JSON. If
       that is a problem for the client application's parser, it should filter the raw  data  for
       invalid  UTF-8  sequences  and perform the desired replacement, before feeding the data to
       its JSON parser.

       mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken escape sequences.


       There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:

       · The release changelog, which should contain most  user-visible  changes,  including  new
         features and bug fixes:

       · The git log, which is the "real" changelog

       · The  files  client-api-changes.rst and interface-changes.rst in the DOCS sub directoryon
         the git repository, which document API and user interface changes  (the  latter  usually
         documents breaking changes only, rather than additions).

       · The file mplayer-changes.rst in the DOCS sub directory on the git repository, which used
         to be in place of this section. It documents some changes that happened  since  mplayer2
         forked off MPlayer. (Not updated anymore.)


       mpv  can  be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The recommended
       way to do so is using libmpv. See libmpv/client.h in the mpv source code repository.  This
       provides a C API. Bindings for other languages might be available (see wiki).

       Since  libmpv  merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control mpv, further
       documentation is spread over a few places:







       You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do  not  use  the
       libmpv library itself.

       Currently,  they must be explicitly enabled at build time with --enable-cplugins. They are
       available on Linux/BSD platforms only.

   C plugins location
       C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory  (see  the  FILES
       section  for  details).  They must have a .so file extension.  They can also be explicitly
       loaded with the --script option.

       A C plugin must export the following function:

          int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)

       The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not return as  long
       as  your  plugin  is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The handle will be deallocated as
       soon as the plugin function returns.

       The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of 0 is interpreted  as  success,
       while  -1  signals  an error. In the latter case, the player prints an uninformative error
       message that loading failed.

       Return values other than 0 and -1 are reserved, and trigger undefined behavior.

       Within the plugin function, you can call libmpv API functions. The handle  is  created  by
       mpv_create_client() (or actually an internal equivalent), and belongs to you. You can call
       mpv_wait_event() to wait for things happening, and so on.

       Note that the player might block until your plugin calls mpv_wait_event()  for  the  first
       time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.  before playback begins.

       The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.

   Linkage to libmpv
       The  current implementation requires that your plugins are not linked against libmpv. What
       your plugins uses are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but  symbols  from  the  mpv  host




       There  are  a  number of environment variables that can be used to control the behavior of

              Used  to  determine  mpv  config  directory.  If  XDG_CONFIG_HOME   is   not   set,
              $HOME/.config/mpv is used.

              $HOME/.mpv  is  always  added  to  the  list  of  config  search paths with a lower

              If set, XDG-style system configuration directories are used.  Otherwise,  the  UNIX
              convention (PREFIX/etc/mpv/) is used.

              Directory  where  mpv  looks for user settings. Overrides HOME, and mpv will try to
              load the config file as $MPV_HOME/mpv.conf.

       MPV_VERBOSE (see also -v and --msg-level)
              Set the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).   This  is
              an  integer,  and  the resulting verbosity corresponds to the number of --v options
              passed to the command line.

              If set to 1, enable internal talloc leak reporting.

              Specifies the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully qualified  path
              names must be used.

              Standard X11 display name to use.

              This  library  accesses  various  environment  variables.  However,  they  are  not
              centrally documented, and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this list  is

              Notable environment variables:

                     URL to proxy for http:// and https:// URLs.

                     List of domain patterns for which no proxy should be used.  List entries are
                     separated by ,. Patterns can include *.


                     Specify a directory in which to store title key values. This will  speed  up
                     descrambling  of  DVDs which are in the cache. The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is
                     created if it does not exist, and a subdirectory is created named after  the
                     DVD's  title  or manufacturing date. If DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is empty,
                     libdvdcss will use the default value which is  ${HOME}/.dvdcss/  under  Unix
                     and  the  roaming  application data directory (%APPDATA%) under Windows. The
                     special value "off" disables caching.

                     Sets the authentication and decryption method that  libdvdcss  will  use  to
                     read scrambled discs. Can be one of title, key or disc.

                     key    is  the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player
                            keys to try to get the disc key. This can fail if the drive does  not
                            recognize any of the player keys.

                     disc   is  a  fallback  method  when key has failed. Instead of using player
                            keys,  libdvdcss  will  crack  the  disc  key  using  a  brute  force
                            algorithm. This process is CPU intensive and requires 64 MB of memory
                            to store temporary data.

                     title  is the fallback when all other methods have failed. It does not  rely
                            on a key exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack
                            to guess the title key. On rare cases this may fail because there  is
                            not  enough  encrypted  data  on  the  disc  to perform a statistical
                            attack, but on the other hand it is the only way  to  decrypt  a  DVD
                            stored  on  a  hard  disc,  or a DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2

                     Specify the raw device to use. Exact usage will  depend  on  your  operating
                     system,  the  Linux  utility  to  set up raw devices is raw(8) for instance.
                     Please note that on most operating systems,  using  a  raw  device  requires
                     highly  aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes alignment (which is the
                     size of a DVD sector).

                     Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.

                     0      Outputs no messages at all.

                     1      Outputs error messages to stderr.

                     2      Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

                     Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled.

              HOME   FIXME: Document this.


       Normally mpv returns 0 as exit code after  finishing  playback  successfully.   If  errors
       happen, the following exit codes can be returned:

          1      Error  initializing  mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are passed to

          2      The file passed to mpv couldn't be played. This is  somewhat  fuzzy:  currently,
                 playback  of  a file is considered to be successful if initialization was mostly
                 successful, even if playback fails immediately after initialization.

          3      There were some files that could be played, and some files which couldn't (using
                 the definition of success from above).

          4      Quit  due  to  a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the default
                 quit key bindings in encoding mode.

       Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit  code  0,  overriding  the
       exit  code  that would be returned normally. Also, the quit input command can take an exit
       code: in this case, that exit code is returned.


       For Windows-specifics, see FILES ON WINDOWS section.

              mpv system-wide settings (depends on --prefix passed to configure - mpv in  default
              configuration  will  use  /usr/local/etc/mpv/ as config directory, while most Linux
              distributions will set it to /etc/mpv/).

              mpv user settings (see CONFIGURATION FILES section)

              key bindings (see INPUT.CONF section)

              Fontconfig fonts.conf that  is  customized  for  mpv.  You  should  include  system
              fonts.conf  in this file or mpv would not know about fonts that you already have in
              the system.

              Only available when libass is built with fontconfig.

              fallback subtitle font

              Font files in this directory are used by mpv/libass for subtitles. Useful if you do
              not  want  to  install  fonts to your system. Note that files in this directory are
              loaded into memory before being used by mpv. If you have a lot of  fonts,  consider
              using   fonts.conf   (see  above)  to  include  additional  fonts,  which  is  more

              All files in this directory are loaded as if  they  were  passed  to  the  --script
              option.  They  are loaded in alphabetical order, and sub-directories and files with
              no .lua extension are ignored. The --load-scripts=no option disables loading  these

              Contains  temporary  config  files  needed  for resuming playback of files with the
              watch later feature. See for example the Q key  binding,  or  the  quit-watch-later
              input command.

              Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media file is
              loaded. It contains the playback position and some (not necessarily  all)  settings
              that  were changed during playback. The filenames are hashed from the full paths of
              the media files. It's in general not possible to extract the  media  filename  from
              this  hash. However, you can set the --write-filename-in-watch-later-config option,
              and the player will add the media filename to the contents  of  the  resume  config

              This is loaded by the OSC script. See the ON SCREEN CONTROLLER docs for details.

              Other  files  in  this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts as well,
              and the mpv core doesn't touch them.

       Note that the environment  variables  $XDG_CONFIG_HOME  and  $MPV_HOME  can  override  the
       standard directory ~/.config/mpv/.

       Also,  the  old  config location at ~/.mpv/ is still read, and if the XDG variant does not
       exist, will still be preferred.


       On win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file  locations  are
       different.  They  are  generally  located  under %APPDATA%/mpv/.  For example, the path to
       mpv.conf is %APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf, which maps to a system  and  user-specific  path,  for

       You can find the exact path by running echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf in cmd.exe.

       Other  config  files (such as input.conf) are in the same directory. See the FILES section

       The environment variable $MPV_HOME completely overrides these, like on UNIX.

       If a directory named portable_config next to the mpv.exe exists, all config will be loaded
       from  this directory only. Watch later config files are written to this directory as well.
       (This exists on Windows only and is redundant with $MPV_HOME. However,  since  Windows  is
       very  scripting  unfriendly, a wrapper script just setting $MPV_HOME, like you could do it
       on other systems, won't work. portable_config is provided for convenience  to  get  around
       this restriction.)

       Config files located in the same directory as mpv.exe are loaded with lower priority. Some
       config files are loaded only once, which means that e.g. of 2 input.conf files located  in
       two  config  directories,  only  the  one  from the directory with higher priority will be

       A third config directory with the lowest priority is the directory named mpv in  the  same
       directory  as mpv.exe. This used to be the directory with the highest priority, but is now
       discouraged to use and might be removed in the future.

       Note that mpv likes to mix / and \ path separators for simplicity.   kernel32.dll  accepts
       this, but cmd.exe does not.